4ed3c31f12c7f53ad1b0db404cecb167b564ed74
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "annotate.h"
43 #include "symfile.h"
44 #include "objfiles.h"
45 #include "source.h"
46 #include "linespec.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "gdb.h"
49 #include "ui-out.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
52 #include "block.h"
53 #include "solib.h"
54 #include "solist.h"
55 #include "observer.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
57 #include "memattr.h"
58 #include "ada-lang.h"
59 #include "top.h"
60 #include "wrapper.h"
61 #include "valprint.h"
62 #include "jit.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
64 #include "parser-defs.h"
65
66 /* readline include files */
67 #include "readline/readline.h"
68 #include "readline/history.h"
69
70 /* readline defines this. */
71 #undef savestring
72
73 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74
75 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
76 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
77 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void clear_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void catch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
108 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
109 struct symtab_and_line,
110 enum bptype);
111
112 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
113
114 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
115 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
116 enum bptype bptype);
117
118 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
119 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
120 struct obj_section *, int);
121
122 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
123 CORE_ADDR addr1,
124 struct address_space *aspace2,
125 CORE_ADDR addr2);
126
127 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
128 struct bp_location *loc2);
129
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
131
132 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
133
134 static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
135
136 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
137
138 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
139
140 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
141
142 static void commands_command (char *, int);
143
144 static void condition_command (char *, int);
145
146 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
147
148 typedef enum
149 {
150 mark_inserted,
151 mark_uninserted
152 }
153 insertion_state_t;
154
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
157
158 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
159
160 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
161
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
163
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
165
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
169
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
171
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
173
174 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
175
176 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
177
178 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
179
180 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
181
182 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
183
184 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
185 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
186
187 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
188
189 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
190
191 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
192
193 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
194 CORE_ADDR pc);
195
196 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
197
198 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void update_global_location_list (int);
201
202 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
203
204 static int bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th,
205 void *data);
206
207 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
208
209 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
210
211 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
212
213 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
214
215 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
216
217 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
218
219 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
220
221 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
224
225 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
226 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
227 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
228 (strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
229
230 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
231 breakpoints share a single command list. */
232 struct counted_command_line
233 {
234 /* The reference count. */
235 int refc;
236
237 /* The command list. */
238 struct command_line *commands;
239 };
240
241 struct command_line *
242 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
243 {
244 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
245 }
246
247 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
248 current breakpoint. */
249
250 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
251
252 static const char *
253 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
254 {
255 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
256 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
257 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
258
259 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
260 }
261
262 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
263 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
264 if such is available. */
265 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
266
267 static void
268 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
269 struct cmd_list_element *c,
270 const char *value)
271 {
272 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
273 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
274 value);
275 }
276
277 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
278 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
279 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
280 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
281 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
282 static void
283 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
284 struct cmd_list_element *c,
285 const char *value)
286 {
287 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
288 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
289 value);
290 }
291
292 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
293 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
294 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
295 use hardware breakpoints. */
296 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
297 static void
298 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
299 struct cmd_list_element *c,
300 const char *value)
301 {
302 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
303 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
304 value);
305 }
306
307 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
308 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
309 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
310 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
311 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
312
313 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
314 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
315 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
316 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
317 always_inserted_auto,
318 always_inserted_off,
319 always_inserted_on,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
323 static void
324 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
325 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
326 {
327 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
328 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
329 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
330 value,
331 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
332 else
333 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
334 }
335
336 int
337 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
338 {
339 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
340 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
341 }
342
343 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
344
345 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
346 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
347
348 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
349 static int overlay_events_enabled;
350
351 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
353 breakpoint. */
354
355 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
356
357 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
358 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
359 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
360 B = TMP)
361
362 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
363 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
364 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
365
366 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
367 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
368 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
369 BP_TMP++)
370
371 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
372
373 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
374 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
375 if (is_tracepoint (B))
376
377 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
378
379 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
380
381 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
382
383 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
384
385 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
386
387 static unsigned bp_location_count;
388
389 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
390 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
391 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
392 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
393
394 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
395
396 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
397 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
398 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
399 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
400 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
401
402 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
403
404 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
405 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
406 may still be reported by a target. */
407 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
408
409 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
410
411 static int breakpoint_count;
412
413 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
414 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
415 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
416 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
417 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
418
419 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
420
421 static int tracepoint_count;
422
423 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
424 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
425 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
426
427 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
428 static int
429 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
430 {
431 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
432 }
433
434 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
435
436 static void
437 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
438 {
439 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
440 breakpoint_count = num;
441 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
442 }
443
444 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
445 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
446 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
447
448 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
449 breakpoint made. */
450
451 void
452 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
453 {
454 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
455 }
456
457 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
458 breakpoint made. */
459
460 void
461 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
462 {
463 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
464 }
465
466 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
467
468 void
469 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
470 {
471 struct breakpoint *b;
472
473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
474 b->hit_count = 0;
475 }
476
477 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
478 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
479
480 static struct counted_command_line *
481 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
482 {
483 struct counted_command_line *result
484 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
485
486 result->refc = 1;
487 result->commands = commands;
488 return result;
489 }
490
491 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
492
493 static void
494 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
495 {
496 if (cmd)
497 ++cmd->refc;
498 }
499
500 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
501 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
502 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
503
504 static void
505 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
506 {
507 if (*cmdp)
508 {
509 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
510 {
511 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
512 xfree (*cmdp);
513 }
514 *cmdp = NULL;
515 }
516 }
517
518 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
519
520 static void
521 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
522 {
523 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
524 }
525
526 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
527 argument. */
528
529 static struct cleanup *
530 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
531 {
532 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
533 }
534
535 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
536 for "break" command with no arg.
537 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
538 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
539
540 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
541
542 int default_breakpoint_valid;
543 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
544 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
545 int default_breakpoint_line;
546 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
547
548 \f
549 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
550 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
551
552 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
553 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
554 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
555
556 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
557
558 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
559 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
560 static int
561 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
562 {
563 int retval = 0; /* default */
564 char *p = *pp;
565
566 if (p == NULL)
567 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
568 return breakpoint_count;
569 else if (*p == '$')
570 {
571 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
572 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
573 char *varname;
574 char *start = ++p;
575 LONGEST val;
576
577 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
578 p++;
579 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
580 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
581 varname[p - start] = '\0';
582 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname), &val))
583 retval = (int) val;
584 else
585 {
586 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
587 retval = 0;
588 }
589 }
590 else
591 {
592 if (*p == '-')
593 ++p;
594 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
595 ++p;
596 if (p == *pp)
597 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
598 {
599 /* Skip non-numeric token */
600 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
601 ++p;
602 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
603 retval = 0;
604 }
605 else
606 retval = atoi (*pp);
607 }
608 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
609 {
610 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
611 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
612 ++p;
613 retval = 0;
614 }
615 while (isspace (*p))
616 p++;
617 *pp = p;
618 return retval;
619 }
620
621
622 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
623 int
624 get_number (char **pp)
625 {
626 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
627 }
628
629 /* Parse a number or a range.
630 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
631 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
632 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
633 * inclusive.
634 *
635 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
636 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
637 *
638 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
639 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
640 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
641 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
642 * pointer PP past <number2>.
643 */
644
645 int
646 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
647 {
648 static int last_retval, end_value;
649 static char *end_ptr;
650 static int in_range = 0;
651
652 if (**pp != '-')
653 {
654 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
655 or to the first number of a range. */
656 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
657 if (**pp == '-')
658 {
659 char **temp;
660
661 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
662 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
663 and also remember the end of the final token. */
664
665 temp = &end_ptr;
666 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
667 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
668 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
669 end_value = get_number (temp);
670 if (end_value < last_retval)
671 {
672 error (_("inverted range"));
673 }
674 else if (end_value == last_retval)
675 {
676 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
677 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
678 single number. */
679 *pp = end_ptr;
680 }
681 else
682 in_range = 1;
683 }
684 }
685 else if (! in_range)
686 error (_("negative value"));
687 else
688 {
689 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
690 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
691 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
692 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
693 is reached. */
694
695 if (++last_retval == end_value)
696 {
697 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
698 *pp = end_ptr;
699 in_range = 0;
700 }
701 }
702 return last_retval;
703 }
704
705 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
706 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
707
708 struct breakpoint *
709 get_breakpoint (int num)
710 {
711 struct breakpoint *b;
712
713 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
714 if (b->number == num)
715 return b;
716
717 return NULL;
718 }
719
720 \f
721
722 void
723 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
724 int from_tty)
725 {
726 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
727
728 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
729 {
730 xfree (loc->cond);
731 loc->cond = NULL;
732 }
733 xfree (b->cond_string);
734 b->cond_string = NULL;
735 xfree (b->cond_exp);
736 b->cond_exp = NULL;
737
738 if (*exp == 0)
739 {
740 if (from_tty)
741 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
742 }
743 else
744 {
745 char *arg = exp;
746
747 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
748 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
749 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
750 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
751
752 if (is_watchpoint (b))
753 {
754 innermost_block = NULL;
755 arg = exp;
756 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
757 if (*arg)
758 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
759 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
760 }
761 else
762 {
763 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
764 {
765 arg = exp;
766 loc->cond =
767 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
768 if (*arg)
769 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
770 }
771 }
772 }
773 breakpoints_changed ();
774 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
775 }
776
777 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
778
779 static void
780 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
781 {
782 struct breakpoint *b;
783 char *p;
784 int bnum;
785
786 if (arg == 0)
787 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
788
789 p = arg;
790 bnum = get_number (&p);
791 if (bnum == 0)
792 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
793
794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
795 if (b->number == bnum)
796 {
797 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
798 return;
799 }
800
801 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
802 }
803
804 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
805 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
806 Throw if any such commands is found.
807 */
808 static void
809 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
810 {
811 struct command_line *c;
812
813 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
814 {
815 int i;
816
817 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
818 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
819
820 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
821 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
822
823 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
824 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
825 command directly. */
826 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
827 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
828
829 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
830 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
831 }
832 }
833
834 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
835
836 int
837 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
838 {
839 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
840 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
841 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
842 }
843
844 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
845 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
846 found. */
847
848 static void
849 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
850 struct command_line *commands)
851 {
852 if (is_tracepoint (b))
853 {
854 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands
855 is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping
856 element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands
857 excluding nested while-stepping. */
858 struct command_line *c;
859 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
860 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
861 {
862 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
863 {
864 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
865 error (_("\
866 The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
867 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
868 error (_("\
869 The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
870
871 if (while_stepping)
872 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once"));
873 else
874 while_stepping = c;
875 }
876 }
877 if (while_stepping)
878 {
879 struct command_line *c2;
880
881 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
882 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
883 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
884 {
885 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
886 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
887 }
888 }
889 }
890 else
891 {
892 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
893 }
894 }
895
896 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
897 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
898
899 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
900 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
901 {
902 struct breakpoint *b;
903 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
904 struct bp_location *loc;
905
906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
907 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
908 {
909 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
910 if (loc->address == addr)
911 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
912 }
913
914 return found;
915 }
916
917 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
918 validate that only allowed commands are included.
919 */
920
921 void
922 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b, struct command_line *commands)
923 {
924 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
925
926 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
927 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
928 breakpoints_changed ();
929 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
930 }
931
932 void
933 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
934 {
935 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
936
937 validate_actionline (&line, b);
938 }
939
940 /* A structure used to pass information through
941 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
942
943 struct commands_info
944 {
945 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
946 int from_tty;
947
948 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
949 char *arg;
950
951 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
952 already-parsed command. */
953 struct command_line *control;
954
955 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
956 yet been read. */
957 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
958 };
959
960 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
961 commands_command. */
962
963 static void
964 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
965 {
966 struct commands_info *info = data;
967
968 if (info->cmd == NULL)
969 {
970 struct command_line *l;
971
972 if (info->control != NULL)
973 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
974 else
975 {
976 struct cleanup *old_chain;
977 char *str;
978
979 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."),
980 info->arg);
981
982 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
983
984 l = read_command_lines (str,
985 info->from_tty, 1,
986 (is_tracepoint (b)
987 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
988 b);
989
990 do_cleanups (old_chain);
991 }
992
993 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
994 }
995
996 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
997 do anything. */
998 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
999 {
1000 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1001 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1002 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1003 b->commands = info->cmd;
1004 breakpoints_changed ();
1005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
1006 }
1007 }
1008
1009 static void
1010 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct command_line *control)
1011 {
1012 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1013 struct commands_info info;
1014
1015 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1016 info.control = control;
1017 info.cmd = NULL;
1018 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1019 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1020 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1021
1022 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1023 {
1024 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1025 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1, breakpoint_count);
1026 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1027 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1028 else
1029 {
1030 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1031 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1032 numbers will fail in this case. */
1033 arg = NULL;
1034 }
1035 }
1036 else
1037 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1038 our argument. */
1039 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1040
1041 if (arg != NULL)
1042 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1043
1044 info.arg = arg;
1045
1046 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1047
1048 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1049 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1050
1051 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1052 }
1053
1054 static void
1055 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1056 {
1057 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1061 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1062
1063 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1064 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1065 enum command_control_type
1066 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1067 {
1068 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1069 return simple_control;
1070 }
1071
1072 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1073
1074 static int
1075 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1076 {
1077 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1078 return 0;
1079 if (!bl->inserted)
1080 return 0;
1081 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1082 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1083 return 0;
1084 return 1;
1085 }
1086
1087 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1088 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1089
1090 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1091 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1092 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1093 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1094 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1095 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1096 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1097 and:
1098 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1099
1100 void
1101 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1102 {
1103 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
1104 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1105
1106 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
1107 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
1108
1109 bc_l = 0;
1110 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1111 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1112 {
1113 struct bp_location *b;
1114
1115 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1116 b = bp_location[bc];
1117
1118 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
1119 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
1120 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1121
1122 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
1123 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
1124 MEMADDR. */
1125
1126 if (b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max >= b->address
1127 && b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr)
1128 bc_l = bc;
1129 else
1130 bc_r = bc;
1131 }
1132
1133 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1134
1135 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1136 {
1137 struct bp_location *b = bp_location[bc];
1138 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1139 int bp_size = 0;
1140 int bptoffset = 0;
1141
1142 /* bp_location array has B->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1143 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1144 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1145 b->owner->number);
1146
1147 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1148 content. */
1149
1150 if (b->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1151 && memaddr + len <= b->address
1152 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1153 break;
1154
1155 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b))
1156 continue;
1157 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1158 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1159 continue;
1160
1161 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1162 we need to copy. */
1163 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
1164 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
1165
1166 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1167 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1168 are reading. */
1169 continue;
1170
1171 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1172 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1173 reading. */
1174 continue;
1175
1176 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1177 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1178 {
1179 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1180 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1181 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1182 bp_addr = memaddr;
1183 }
1184
1185 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1186 {
1187 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1188 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1189 }
1190
1191 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1192 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1193 }
1194 }
1195 \f
1196
1197 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
1198 static void
1199 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
1200 {
1201 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
1202
1203 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
1204 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
1205
1206 b->ops->insert (b);
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1210
1211 static int
1212 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1213 {
1214 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1215 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1216 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1220 software. */
1221
1222 static int
1223 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1224 {
1225 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1226 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1227 }
1228
1229 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1230 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1231 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1232 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1233 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1234 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1235 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1236 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1237 running. */
1238
1239 static int
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1241 {
1242 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1243 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1244 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1248 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1249 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1250 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1251 in b->loc->cond.
1252 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1253
1254 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1255 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1256
1257 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1258 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1259 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1260 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1261 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1262 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1263 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1264
1265 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1266 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1267 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1268 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1269 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1270 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1271 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1272 memory content has not changed.
1273
1274 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1275 watchpoints:
1276
1277 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1278 several times when GDB stops.
1279
1280 [linux]
1281 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1282 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1283 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1284 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1285 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1286 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1287 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1288 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1289 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1290 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1291
1292 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1293 removal from inferior. */
1294
1295 static void
1296 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1297 {
1298 int within_current_scope;
1299 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1300 int frame_saved;
1301
1302 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1303 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1304 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1305 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1306 return;
1307
1308 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1309 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1310 breakpoints if needed. */
1311 b->loc = NULL;
1312
1313 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1314 return;
1315
1316 frame_saved = 0;
1317
1318 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1319 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1320 within_current_scope = 1;
1321 else
1322 {
1323 struct frame_info *fi;
1324
1325 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1326 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1327 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1328 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1329 selected frame. */
1330 frame_saved = 1;
1331 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1332
1333 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1334 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1335 if (within_current_scope)
1336 select_frame (fi);
1337 }
1338
1339 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1340 {
1341 char *s;
1342
1343 if (b->exp)
1344 {
1345 xfree (b->exp);
1346 b->exp = NULL;
1347 }
1348 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1349 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1350 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1351 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1352 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1353 be completely different objects. */
1354 value_free (b->val);
1355 b->val = NULL;
1356 b->val_valid = 0;
1357
1358 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1359 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1360 locations (re)created below. */
1361 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1362 {
1363 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1364 {
1365 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1366 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1367 }
1368
1369 s = b->cond_string;
1370 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1371 }
1372 }
1373
1374 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1375 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1376 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1377 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1378 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1379 if ( !target_has_execution)
1380 {
1381 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1382 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1383 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1384 }
1385 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1386 {
1387 int pc = 0;
1388 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1389 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1390
1391 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1392
1393 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1394 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1395 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1396 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1397 if (!b->val_valid)
1398 {
1399 b->val = v;
1400 b->val_valid = 1;
1401 }
1402
1403 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1404 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1405 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1406 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
1407 && reparse)
1408 {
1409 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
1410
1411 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1412 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1413 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1414 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1415 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1416 watchpoint. */
1417 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1418 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
1419 &other_type_used);
1420 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1421
1422 if (!mem_cnt)
1423 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1424 else
1425 {
1426 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1427 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
1428 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1429 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1430 else
1431 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1432 }
1433 }
1434
1435 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1436
1437 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1438 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1439 {
1440 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1441 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1442 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1443 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1444 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1445 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1446 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1447 {
1448 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1449
1450 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1451 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1452 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1453 if (v == result
1454 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1455 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1456 {
1457 CORE_ADDR addr;
1458 int len, type;
1459 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1460
1461 addr = value_address (v);
1462 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1463 type = hw_write;
1464 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1465 type = hw_read;
1466 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1467 type = hw_access;
1468
1469 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1470 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1471 ;
1472 *tmp = loc;
1473 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1474
1475 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1476 loc->address = addr;
1477 loc->length = len;
1478 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1479 }
1480 }
1481
1482 next = value_next (v);
1483 if (v != b->val)
1484 value_free (v);
1485 }
1486
1487 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1488 above left it without any location set up. But,
1489 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1490 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1491 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1492 {
1493 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1494 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1495 b->loc->address = -1;
1496 b->loc->length = -1;
1497 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1498 }
1499 }
1500 else if (!within_current_scope)
1501 {
1502 printf_filtered (_("\
1503 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1504 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1505 b->number);
1506 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1507 {
1508 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1509 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
1510 b->related_breakpoint= NULL;
1511 }
1512 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1513 }
1514
1515 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1516 if (frame_saved)
1517 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1518 }
1519
1520
1521 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1522 inserted in the inferior. */
1523 static int
1524 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1525 {
1526 if (bpt->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1527 return 0;
1528
1529 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1530 return 0;
1531
1532 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1533 return 0;
1534
1535 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1536 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1537 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1538 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1539 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1540 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1541 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1542 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1543 if (bpt->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1544 return 0;
1545
1546 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1547 not by us. */
1548 if (is_tracepoint (bpt->owner))
1549 return 0;
1550
1551 return 1;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1555 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1556 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1557
1558 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1559 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1560 static int
1561 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1562 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1563 int *disabled_breaks,
1564 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1565 {
1566 int val = 0;
1567
1568 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1569 return 0;
1570
1571 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1572 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1573 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1574 bpt->target_info.placed_address_space = bpt->pspace->aspace;
1575
1576 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1577 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1578 {
1579 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1580 {
1581 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1582 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1583 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1584 Two important cases are:
1585 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1586 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1587 hardware breakpoint.
1588 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1589 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1590 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1591
1592 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1593 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1594 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1595 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1596 struct mem_region *mr
1597 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1598
1599 if (mr)
1600 {
1601 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1602 {
1603 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1604
1605 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1606 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1607 else
1608 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1609
1610 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1611 {
1612 static int said = 0;
1613
1614 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1615 if (!said)
1616 {
1617 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1618 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1619 said = 1;
1620 }
1621 }
1622 }
1623 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1624 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1625 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1626 paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address));
1627 }
1628 }
1629
1630 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1631 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1632 || bpt->section == NULL
1633 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1634 {
1635 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1636
1637 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1638 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1639 &bpt->target_info);
1640 else
1641 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1642 &bpt->target_info);
1643 }
1644 else
1645 {
1646 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1647 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1648 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1649 {
1650 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1651 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1652 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1653 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1654 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1655 bpt->owner->number);
1656 else
1657 {
1658 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1659 bpt->section);
1660 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1661 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1662 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1663 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1664 &bpt->overlay_target_info);
1665 if (val != 0)
1666 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1667 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1668 bpt->owner->number);
1669 }
1670 }
1671 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1672 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1673 {
1674 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1675 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1676 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1677 &bpt->target_info);
1678 else
1679 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1680 &bpt->target_info);
1681 }
1682 else
1683 {
1684 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1685 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1686 return 0;
1687 }
1688 }
1689
1690 if (val)
1691 {
1692 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1693 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->pspace, bpt->address))
1694 {
1695 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1696 val = 0;
1697 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1698 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1699 {
1700 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1701 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1702 bpt->owner->number);
1703 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1704 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1705 }
1706 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1707 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1708 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1709 }
1710 else
1711 {
1712 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1713 {
1714 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1715 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1716 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1717 bpt->owner->number);
1718 }
1719 else
1720 {
1721 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1722 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1723 bpt->owner->number);
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1725 "Error accessing memory address ");
1726 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address),
1727 tmp_error_stream);
1728 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1729 safe_strerror (val));
1730 }
1731
1732 }
1733 }
1734 else
1735 bpt->inserted = 1;
1736
1737 return val;
1738 }
1739
1740 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1741 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1742 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1743 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1744 {
1745 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1746 bpt->length,
1747 bpt->watchpoint_type,
1748 bpt->owner->cond_exp);
1749
1750 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1751 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1752 if (val == 1 && bpt->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1753 {
1754 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1755
1756 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1757 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1758 of this one. */
1759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1760 if (loc != bpt
1761 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1762 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt, loc))
1763 {
1764 bpt->duplicate = 1;
1765 bpt->inserted = 1;
1766 bpt->target_info = loc->target_info;
1767 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1768 val = 0;
1769 break;
1770 }
1771
1772 if (val == 1)
1773 {
1774 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1775 bpt->length,
1776 hw_access,
1777 bpt->owner->cond_exp);
1778 if (val == 0)
1779 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1780 }
1781 }
1782
1783 bpt->inserted = (val == 0);
1784 }
1785
1786 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1787 {
1788 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1789 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1790 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1791 bpt->owner->number);
1792 if (e.reason < 0)
1793 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1794 else
1795 bpt->inserted = 1;
1796
1797 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1798 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1799 so just return success. */
1800 return 0;
1801 }
1802
1803 return 0;
1804 }
1805
1806 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1807 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1808 PSPACE anymore. */
1809
1810 void
1811 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1812 {
1813 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1814 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1815
1816 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1818 {
1819 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1820 delete_breakpoint (b);
1821 }
1822
1823 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1824 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1826 {
1827 struct bp_location *tmp;
1828
1829 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1830 {
1831 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1832 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1833 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1834 else
1835 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1836 if (tmp->next == loc)
1837 {
1838 tmp->next = loc->next;
1839 break;
1840 }
1841 }
1842 }
1843
1844 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1845 removed locations above. */
1846 update_global_location_list (0);
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1850 Throws exception on any error.
1851 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1852 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1853 void
1854 insert_breakpoints (void)
1855 {
1856 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1857
1858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1859 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1860 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1861
1862 update_global_location_list (1);
1863
1864 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1865 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1866 now. */
1867 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1868 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1869 }
1870
1871 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1872 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1873 Both return zero if successful,
1874 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1875
1876 static void
1877 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1878 {
1879 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1880 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
1881 int error = 0;
1882 int val = 0;
1883 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1884 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1885
1886 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1887 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1888
1889 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1890 there was an error. */
1891 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1892
1893 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1894
1895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
1896 {
1897 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1898 continue;
1899
1900 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1901 thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has B->OWNER
1902 always non-NULL. */
1903 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1904 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1905 continue;
1906
1907 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
1908
1909 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1910 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1911 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1912 insert breakpoints. */
1913 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1914 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1915 continue;
1916
1917 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1918 &disabled_breaks,
1919 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1920 if (val)
1921 error = val;
1922 }
1923
1924 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1925 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1927 {
1928 int some_failed = 0;
1929 struct bp_location *loc;
1930
1931 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1932 continue;
1933
1934 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1935 continue;
1936
1937 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1938 continue;
1939
1940 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1941 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1942 {
1943 some_failed = 1;
1944 break;
1945 }
1946 if (some_failed)
1947 {
1948 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1949 if (loc->inserted)
1950 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1951
1952 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1953 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1954 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1955 bpt->number);
1956 error = -1;
1957 }
1958 }
1959
1960 if (error)
1961 {
1962 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1963 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1964 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1965 {
1966 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1967 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1968 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1969 }
1970 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1971 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1972 }
1973
1974 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1975 }
1976
1977 int
1978 remove_breakpoints (void)
1979 {
1980 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
1981 int val = 0;
1982
1983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
1984 {
1985 if (b->inserted)
1986 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1987 }
1988 return val;
1989 }
1990
1991 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1992
1993 int
1994 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1995 {
1996 struct bp_location *b, **b_tmp;
1997 int val;
1998 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
1999
2000 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, b_tmp)
2001 {
2002 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2003 continue;
2004
2005 if (b->inserted)
2006 {
2007 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
2008 if (val != 0)
2009 return val;
2010 }
2011 }
2012 return 0;
2013 }
2014
2015 int
2016 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2017 {
2018 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2019 int val = 0;
2020
2021 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2022 {
2023 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2024 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
2025 }
2026 return val;
2027 }
2028
2029 int
2030 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2031 {
2032 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2033 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2034 int val;
2035 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2036 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2037 struct inferior *inf;
2038 struct thread_info *tp;
2039
2040 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2041 if (tp == NULL)
2042 return 1;
2043
2044 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2045 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2046
2047 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2048
2049 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2050
2051 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2052 {
2053 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2054 continue;
2055
2056 if (b->inserted)
2057 {
2058 b->inserted = 0;
2059 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
2060 &dummy1, &dummy2);
2061 if (val != 0)
2062 {
2063 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2064 return val;
2065 }
2066 }
2067 }
2068 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2069 return 0;
2070 }
2071
2072 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2073
2074 static struct breakpoint *
2075 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2076 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2077 {
2078 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2079 struct breakpoint *b;
2080
2081 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
2082
2083 sal.pc = address;
2084 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2085 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2086
2087 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2088 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2089 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2090
2091 return b;
2092 }
2093
2094 static void
2095 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
2096 {
2097 struct objfile *objfile;
2098
2099 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2100 {
2101 struct breakpoint *b;
2102 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2103
2104 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2105 if (m == NULL)
2106 continue;
2107
2108 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2109 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2110 bp_overlay_event);
2111 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2112
2113 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2114 {
2115 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2116 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2117 }
2118 else
2119 {
2120 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2121 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2122 }
2123 }
2124 update_global_location_list (1);
2125 }
2126
2127 static void
2128 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name)
2129 {
2130 struct program_space *pspace;
2131 struct objfile *objfile;
2132 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2133
2134 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2135
2136 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2137 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2138 {
2139 struct breakpoint *b;
2140 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2141
2142 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile)))
2143 continue;
2144
2145 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2146
2147 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2148 if (m == NULL)
2149 continue;
2150
2151 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2152 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2153 bp_longjmp_master);
2154 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2155 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2156 }
2157 update_global_location_list (1);
2158
2159 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2160 }
2161
2162 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function
2163 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */
2164 static void
2165 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name)
2166 {
2167 struct program_space *pspace;
2168 struct objfile *objfile;
2169 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2170
2171 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2172
2173 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2174 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2175 {
2176 struct breakpoint *b;
2177 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2178
2179 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2180
2181 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2182 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2183 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2184 continue;
2185
2186 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2187 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2188 bp_std_terminate_master);
2189 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2190 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2191 }
2192 update_global_location_list (1);
2193
2194 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2195 }
2196
2197 void
2198 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2199 {
2200 struct breakpoint *b;
2201 struct breakpoint *temp;
2202 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2203
2204 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2205 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2206 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2207 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2208 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2209 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2210 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2211 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2212 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2213 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2214 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2215
2216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
2217 {
2218 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2219 continue;
2220
2221 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2222 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2223 {
2224 delete_breakpoint (b);
2225 continue;
2226 }
2227
2228 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2229 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2230 {
2231 delete_breakpoint (b);
2232 continue;
2233 }
2234
2235 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2236 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2237 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2238 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
2239 {
2240 delete_breakpoint (b);
2241 continue;
2242 }
2243
2244 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2245 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
2246 {
2247 delete_breakpoint (b);
2248 continue;
2249 }
2250
2251 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2252 after an exec. */
2253 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
2254 {
2255 delete_breakpoint (b);
2256 continue;
2257 }
2258
2259 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2260 {
2261 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2262 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2263 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2264 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2265 continue;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2269 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2270 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2271 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2272 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2273 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2274
2275 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2276 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2277 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2278 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2279 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2280 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2281 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2282
2283 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2284 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2285 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2286 let finish_command delete it.
2287
2288 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2289 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2290 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2291 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2292 solib breakpoints.) */
2293
2294 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2295 {
2296 continue;
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2300 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2301 a.out. */
2302 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2303 {
2304 delete_breakpoint (b);
2305 continue;
2306 }
2307 }
2308 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2309 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2310 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2311 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2312 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2313 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2314 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
2315 }
2316
2317 int
2318 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2319 {
2320 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2321 int val = 0;
2322 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2323 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2324
2325 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2326 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2327
2328 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2329 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2330 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2331 {
2332 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2333 continue;
2334
2335 if (b->inserted)
2336 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (b, mark_inserted);
2337 }
2338
2339 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2340 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2341
2342 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2343 return val;
2344 }
2345
2346 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2347 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2348 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2349 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2350 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2351
2352 static int
2353 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
2354 {
2355 int val;
2356
2357 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2358 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL);
2359
2360 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2361 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2362 return 0;
2363
2364 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2365 This should not ever happen. */
2366 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
2367
2368 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2369 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2370 {
2371 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2372 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2373 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2374
2375 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2376 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2377 || b->section == NULL
2378 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
2379 {
2380 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2381
2382 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2383 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info);
2384 else
2385 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info);
2386 }
2387 else
2388 {
2389 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2390 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2391 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2392 {
2393 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2394 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2395 */
2396 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2397 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2398 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2399 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2400 &b->overlay_target_info);
2401 else
2402 target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2403 &b->overlay_target_info);
2404 }
2405 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2406 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2407 if (b->inserted)
2408 {
2409 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2410 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2411 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2412 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2413 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2414 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2415 &b->target_info);
2416
2417 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2418 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2419 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2420 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
2421 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2422 &b->target_info);
2423 else
2424 val = 0;
2425 }
2426 else
2427 {
2428 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2429 val = 0;
2430 }
2431 }
2432
2433 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2434 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2435 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2436 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->pspace, b->address))
2437 val = 0;
2438
2439 if (val)
2440 return val;
2441 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2442 }
2443 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2444 {
2445 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2446 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
2447 b->watchpoint_type, b->owner->cond_exp);
2448
2449 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2450 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
2451 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2452 b->owner->number);
2453 }
2454 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2455 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
2456 && !b->duplicate)
2457 {
2458 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
2459
2460 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
2461 if (val)
2462 return val;
2463 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2464 }
2465
2466 return 0;
2467 }
2468
2469 static int
2470 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
2471 {
2472 int ret;
2473 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2474
2475 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2476 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL);
2477
2478 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2479 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2480 return 0;
2481
2482 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2483 This should not ever happen. */
2484 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
2485
2486 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2487
2488 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
2489
2490 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (b, is);
2491
2492 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2493 return ret;
2494 }
2495
2496 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2497
2498 void
2499 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2500 {
2501 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2502
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2504 if (bpt->pspace == current_program_space)
2505 bpt->inserted = 0;
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2509 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2510
2511 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2512 between runs.
2513
2514 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2515 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2516 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2517
2518
2519
2520 void
2521 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2522 {
2523 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
2524 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2525 int ix;
2526 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2527
2528 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2529 nothing to do. */
2530 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2531 return;
2532
2533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2534 {
2535 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2536 if (bpt->pspace == pspace
2537 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2538 bpt->inserted = 0;
2539 }
2540
2541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
2542 {
2543 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2544 continue;
2545
2546 switch (b->type)
2547 {
2548 case bp_call_dummy:
2549
2550 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2551 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2552 rid of it. */
2553
2554 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2555
2556 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2557
2558 case bp_shlib_event:
2559
2560 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2561 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2562 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2563 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2564 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2565
2566 (gdb) file prog-linux
2567 (gdb) run # native linux target
2568 ...
2569 (gdb) kill
2570 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2571 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2572 */
2573
2574 delete_breakpoint (b);
2575 break;
2576
2577 case bp_watchpoint:
2578 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2579 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2580 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2581
2582 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2583 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2584 delete_breakpoint (b);
2585 else if (context == inf_starting)
2586 {
2587 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2588 in insert_breakpoints. */
2589 if (b->val)
2590 value_free (b->val);
2591 b->val = NULL;
2592 b->val_valid = 0;
2593 }
2594 break;
2595 default:
2596 break;
2597 }
2598 }
2599
2600 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2601 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
2602 free_bp_location (bpt);
2603 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2604 }
2605
2606 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2607 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2608 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2609 match, not program space. */
2610
2611 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2612 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2613 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2614 permanent breakpoint.
2615 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2616 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2617 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2618 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2619 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2620
2621 enum breakpoint_here
2622 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2623 {
2624 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2625 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2626
2627 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2628 {
2629 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2630 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2631 continue;
2632
2633 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2634 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
2635 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2636 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2637 aspace, pc))
2638 {
2639 if (overlay_debugging
2640 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2641 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2642 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2643 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2644 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2645 else
2646 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2647 }
2648 }
2649
2650 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2651 }
2652
2653 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2654
2655 int
2656 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2657 {
2658 struct bp_location *loc;
2659 int ix;
2660
2661 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2662 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
2663 aspace, pc))
2664 return 1;
2665
2666 return 0;
2667 }
2668
2669 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2670 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2671 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2672 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2673
2674 int
2675 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2676 {
2677 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2678
2679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2680 {
2681 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2682 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2683 continue;
2684
2685 if (bpt->inserted
2686 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2687 aspace, pc))
2688 {
2689 if (overlay_debugging
2690 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2691 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2692 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2693 else
2694 return 1;
2695 }
2696 }
2697 return 0;
2698 }
2699
2700 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2701 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2702
2703 int
2704 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2705 {
2706 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2707 return 1;
2708
2709 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2710 return 1;
2711
2712 return 0;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2716 inserted at PC. */
2717
2718 int
2719 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2720 {
2721 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2722
2723 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2724 {
2725 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2726 continue;
2727
2728 if (bpt->inserted
2729 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2730 aspace, pc))
2731 {
2732 if (overlay_debugging
2733 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2734 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2735 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2736 else
2737 return 1;
2738 }
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2742 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2743 return 1;
2744
2745 return 0;
2746 }
2747
2748 int
2749 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2750 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2751 {
2752 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2753
2754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2755 {
2756 struct bp_location *loc;
2757
2758 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2759 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2760 continue;
2761
2762 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2763 continue;
2764
2765 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2766 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2767 {
2768 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2769
2770 /* Check for intersection. */
2771 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2772 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2773 if (l < h)
2774 return 1;
2775 }
2776 }
2777 return 0;
2778 }
2779
2780 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2781 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2782
2783 int
2784 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2785 ptid_t ptid)
2786 {
2787 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2788 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2789 int thread = -1;
2790 int task = 0;
2791
2792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2793 {
2794 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2795 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2796 continue;
2797
2798 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2799 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
2800 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2801 continue;
2802
2803 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2804 aspace, pc))
2805 continue;
2806
2807 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
2808 {
2809 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2810 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2811 it is now time to do so. */
2812 if (thread == -1)
2813 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2814 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
2815 continue;
2816 }
2817
2818 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
2819 {
2820 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2821 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2822 it is now time to do so. */
2823 if (task == 0)
2824 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2825 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
2826 continue;
2827 }
2828
2829 if (overlay_debugging
2830 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2831 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2832 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2833
2834 return 1;
2835 }
2836
2837 return 0;
2838 }
2839 \f
2840
2841 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2842 in breakpoint.h. */
2843
2844 int
2845 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
2846 {
2847 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
2848 }
2849
2850 void
2851 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
2852 {
2853 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2854 value_free (bs->old_val);
2855 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
2856 xfree (bs);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2860 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2861
2862 void
2863 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2864 {
2865 bpstat p;
2866 bpstat q;
2867
2868 if (bsp == 0)
2869 return;
2870 p = *bsp;
2871 while (p != NULL)
2872 {
2873 q = p->next;
2874 bpstat_free (p);
2875 p = q;
2876 }
2877 *bsp = NULL;
2878 }
2879
2880 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2881 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2882
2883 bpstat
2884 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2885 {
2886 bpstat p = NULL;
2887 bpstat tmp;
2888 bpstat retval = NULL;
2889
2890 if (bs == NULL)
2891 return bs;
2892
2893 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2894 {
2895 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2896 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2897 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
2898 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2899 {
2900 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2901 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2902 }
2903
2904 if (p == NULL)
2905 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2906 retval = tmp;
2907 else
2908 p->next = tmp;
2909 p = tmp;
2910 }
2911 p->next = NULL;
2912 return retval;
2913 }
2914
2915 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2916
2917 bpstat
2918 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2919 {
2920 if (bsp == NULL)
2921 return NULL;
2922
2923 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2924 {
2925 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2926 return bsp;
2927 }
2928 return NULL;
2929 }
2930
2931 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2932 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2933 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2934 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2935 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2936 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2937 we set it.
2938 Return 1 otherwise. */
2939
2940 int
2941 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2942 {
2943 struct breakpoint *b;
2944
2945 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2946 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2947
2948 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2949 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2950 this function might return the same number more
2951 than once and this will look ugly. */
2952 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2953 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2954 if (b == NULL)
2955 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2956
2957 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2958 return 1;
2959 }
2960
2961 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2962
2963 void
2964 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2965 {
2966 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2967 {
2968 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
2969 bs->commands_left = NULL;
2970 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2971 {
2972 value_free (bs->old_val);
2973 bs->old_val = NULL;
2974 }
2975 }
2976 }
2977
2978 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2979
2980 static void
2981 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2982 {
2983 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2984 {
2985 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2986
2987 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2988 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2989 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2990 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2991 if (tp->in_infcall)
2992 return;
2993 }
2994
2995 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2996 }
2997
2998 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2999 static void
3000 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3001 {
3002 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3003 }
3004
3005 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
3006 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
3007 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
3008 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3009
3010 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3011 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3012 bpstat of the current thread. */
3013
3014 static int
3015 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3016 {
3017 bpstat bs;
3018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3019 int again = 0;
3020
3021 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3022 in bs->commands. */
3023 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3024 return 0;
3025
3026 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3027 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3028
3029 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3030 bs = *bsp;
3031
3032 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3033 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3034 {
3035 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3036 struct command_line *cmd;
3037 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3038
3039 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3040
3041 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3042 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3043 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3044 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3045 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3046 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3047 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3048 the tree when we're done. */
3049 ccmd = bs->commands;
3050 bs->commands = NULL;
3051 this_cmd_tree_chain
3052 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3053 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3054 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3055
3056 while (cmd != NULL)
3057 {
3058 execute_control_command (cmd);
3059
3060 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3061 break;
3062 else
3063 cmd = cmd->next;
3064 }
3065
3066 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3067 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3068
3069 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3070 {
3071 if (target_can_async_p ())
3072 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3073 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3074 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3075 ;
3076 else
3077 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3078 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3079 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3080 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3081 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3082 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3083 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3084 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3085 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3086 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3087 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3088 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3089 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3090 again = 1;
3091 break;
3092 }
3093 }
3094 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3095 return again;
3096 }
3097
3098 void
3099 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3100 {
3101 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3102 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3103 && target_has_execution
3104 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3105 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3106 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3107 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3108 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3109 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3110 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
3111 break;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3115
3116 static void
3117 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3118 {
3119 if (val == NULL)
3120 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3121 else
3122 {
3123 struct value_print_options opts;
3124 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3125 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3126 }
3127 }
3128
3129 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3130 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3131 by having it set different print_it values.
3132
3133 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3134 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3135 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3136 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3137 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3138
3139 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3140 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3141 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3142 don't print anything else.
3143 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3144 that something to be followed by a location.
3145 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3146 that something to be followed by a location.
3147 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3148 analysis. */
3149
3150 static enum print_stop_action
3151 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3152 {
3153 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3154 struct breakpoint *b;
3155 const struct bp_location *bl;
3156 struct ui_stream *stb;
3157 int bp_temp = 0;
3158 enum print_stop_action result;
3159
3160 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3161 which has since been deleted. */
3162 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3163 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3164 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3165
3166 /* bl->owner can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3167 which has since been placed into moribund_locations. */
3168 if (bl->owner == NULL)
3169 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3170 b = bl->owner;
3171
3172 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3173 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3174
3175 switch (b->type)
3176 {
3177 case bp_breakpoint:
3178 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3179 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
3180 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3181 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3182 bl->address,
3183 b->number, 1);
3184 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3185 if (bp_temp)
3186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3187 else
3188 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3190 {
3191 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3192 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3193 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3194 }
3195 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3196 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3197 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3198 break;
3199
3200 case bp_shlib_event:
3201 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3202 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3203 to shlib event" message.) */
3204 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3205 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3206 break;
3207
3208 case bp_thread_event:
3209 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3210 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3211 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3212 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3213 break;
3214
3215 case bp_overlay_event:
3216 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3217 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3218 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3219 break;
3220
3221 case bp_longjmp_master:
3222 /* These should never be enabled. */
3223 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3224 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3225 break;
3226
3227 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3228 /* These should never be enabled. */
3229 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3230 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3231 break;
3232
3233 case bp_watchpoint:
3234 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3235 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3236 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3237 ui_out_field_string
3238 (uiout, "reason",
3239 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3240 mention (b);
3241 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3242 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3243 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3244 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3246 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3247 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3248 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3249 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3250 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3251 break;
3252
3253 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3254 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3255 ui_out_field_string
3256 (uiout, "reason",
3257 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3258 mention (b);
3259 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3261 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3262 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3263 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3264 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3265 break;
3266
3267 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3268 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3269 {
3270 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3271 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3272 ui_out_field_string
3273 (uiout, "reason",
3274 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3275 mention (b);
3276 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3277 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3278 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3279 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3280 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3281 }
3282 else
3283 {
3284 mention (b);
3285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3286 ui_out_field_string
3287 (uiout, "reason",
3288 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3289 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3290 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3291 }
3292 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3293 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3294 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3295 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3296 break;
3297
3298 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3299 here. */
3300
3301 case bp_finish:
3302 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3303 ui_out_field_string
3304 (uiout, "reason",
3305 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3306 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3307 break;
3308
3309 case bp_until:
3310 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3311 ui_out_field_string
3312 (uiout, "reason",
3313 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3314 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3315 break;
3316
3317 case bp_none:
3318 case bp_longjmp:
3319 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3320 case bp_step_resume:
3321 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3322 case bp_call_dummy:
3323 case bp_std_terminate:
3324 case bp_tracepoint:
3325 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3326 case bp_jit_event:
3327 default:
3328 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3329 break;
3330 }
3331
3332 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3333 return result;
3334 }
3335
3336 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3337 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3338 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3339 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3340 normal_stop(). */
3341
3342 static enum print_stop_action
3343 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3344 {
3345 switch (bs->print_it)
3346 {
3347 case print_it_noop:
3348 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3349 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3350 break;
3351
3352 case print_it_done:
3353 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3354 relevant messages. */
3355 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3356 break;
3357
3358 case print_it_normal:
3359 {
3360 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3361 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
3362
3363 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3364 print_it_typical. */
3365 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3366 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3367 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3368 else
3369 return print_it_typical (bs);
3370 }
3371 break;
3372
3373 default:
3374 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3375 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3376 break;
3377 }
3378 }
3379
3380 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3381 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3382 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3383 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3384 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3385 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3386 routine is one of:
3387
3388 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3389 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3390 code to print the location. An example is
3391 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3392 the location.
3393 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3394 to also print the location part of the message.
3395 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3396 don't require a location appended to the end.
3397 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3398 further info to be printed.*/
3399
3400 enum print_stop_action
3401 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3402 {
3403 int val;
3404
3405 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3406 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3407 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3408 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3409 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3410 {
3411 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3412 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3413 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3414 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3415 return val;
3416 }
3417
3418 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3419 with and nothing was printed. */
3420 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3421 }
3422
3423 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3424 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3425 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3426 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3427
3428 static int
3429 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3430 {
3431 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3432 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3433
3434 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3435 return i;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3439
3440 static bpstat
3441 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
3442 {
3443 bpstat bs;
3444
3445 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3446 cbs->next = bs;
3447 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
3448 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3449 bs->commands = NULL;
3450 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3451 bs->old_val = NULL;
3452 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3453 return bs;
3454 }
3455 \f
3456 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3457 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3458
3459 int
3460 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3461 {
3462 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3463 CORE_ADDR addr;
3464 struct breakpoint *b;
3465
3466 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3467 {
3468 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3469 as not triggered. */
3470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3471 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3472 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3473
3474 return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3478 {
3479 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3480 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3482 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3483 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3484
3485 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3486 }
3487
3488 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3489 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3490 triggered. */
3491
3492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3493 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3494 {
3495 struct bp_location *loc;
3496
3497 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3498 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3499 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3500 sufficient. */
3501 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3502 addr, loc->address,
3503 loc->length))
3504 {
3505 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3506 break;
3507 }
3508 }
3509
3510 return 1;
3511 }
3512
3513 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3514 because of check_errors). */
3515 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3516 #define WP_DELETED 1
3517 /* The value has changed. */
3518 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3519 /* The value has not changed. */
3520 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3521 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3522 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3523
3524 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3525 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3526
3527 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3528
3529 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3530 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3531
3532 static int
3533 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3534 {
3535 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3536 struct breakpoint *b;
3537 struct frame_info *fr;
3538 int within_current_scope;
3539
3540 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3541 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3542 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at->owner != NULL);
3543 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
3544
3545 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3546 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3547 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3548 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3549 return WP_IGNORE;
3550
3551 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3552 within_current_scope = 1;
3553 else
3554 {
3555 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3556 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3557 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3558
3559 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3560 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3561 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3562 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3563 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3564 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3565 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3566 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3567 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3568 return WP_IGNORE;
3569
3570 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3571 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3572
3573 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3574 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3575 if (within_current_scope)
3576 {
3577 struct symbol *function;
3578
3579 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3580 if (function == NULL
3581 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3582 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3583 within_current_scope = 0;
3584 }
3585
3586 if (within_current_scope)
3587 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3588 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3589 the user. */
3590 select_frame (fr);
3591 }
3592
3593 if (within_current_scope)
3594 {
3595 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3596 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3597 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3598 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3599
3600 int pc = 0;
3601 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3602 struct value *new_val;
3603
3604 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3605
3606 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3607 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3608 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3609 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3610 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3611 {
3612 if (new_val != NULL)
3613 {
3614 release_value (new_val);
3615 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3616 }
3617 bs->old_val = b->val;
3618 b->val = new_val;
3619 b->val_valid = 1;
3620 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3621 }
3622 else
3623 {
3624 /* Nothing changed. */
3625 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3626 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3627 }
3628 }
3629 else
3630 {
3631 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3632 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3633 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3634 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3635 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3636 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3637 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3638 the first value assigned). */
3639 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3640 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3641 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3642 information here. */
3643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3644 ui_out_field_string
3645 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3646 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3647 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3648 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3649 which its expression is valid.\n");
3650
3651 if (b->related_breakpoint)
3652 {
3653 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3654 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3655 b->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3656 }
3657 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3658
3659 return WP_DELETED;
3660 }
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3664 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3665 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3666 static int
3667 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3668 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3669 {
3670 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3671
3672 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3673 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3674
3675 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3676 tracepoints. */
3677 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3678 return 0;
3679
3680 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3681 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3682 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3683 {
3684 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3685 aspace, bp_addr))
3686 return 0;
3687 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3688 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3689 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3690 return 0;
3691 }
3692
3693 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3694 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3695 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3696 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3697 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3698 (did not match the data address). */
3699
3700 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3701 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3702 return 0;
3703
3704 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3705 {
3706 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3707 return 0;
3708 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3709 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3710 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3711 return 0;
3712 }
3713
3714 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3715 {
3716 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
3717 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
3718 return 0;
3719 }
3720
3721 return 1;
3722 }
3723
3724 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3725 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3726 to 0. */
3727 static void
3728 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3729 {
3730 const struct bp_location *bl;
3731 struct breakpoint *b;
3732
3733 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3734 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3735 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3736 b = bl->owner;
3737 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3738
3739 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3740 {
3741 int must_check_value = 0;
3742
3743 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3744 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3745 watched value. */
3746 must_check_value = 1;
3747 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3748 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3749 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3750 this watchpoint. */
3751 must_check_value = 1;
3752 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3753 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3754 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3755 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3756 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3757 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3758 must_check_value = 1;
3759
3760 if (must_check_value)
3761 {
3762 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3763 b->number);
3764 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3765 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3766 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3767 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3768 switch (e)
3769 {
3770 case WP_DELETED:
3771 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3772 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3773 /* Stop. */
3774 break;
3775 case WP_IGNORE:
3776 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3777 bs->stop = 0;
3778 break;
3779 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3780 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3781 {
3782 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3783
3784 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3785 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3786 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3787 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3788 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3789 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3790 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3791 old value.
3792
3793 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3794 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3795 happen:
3796
3797 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3798 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3799 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3800 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3801
3802 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3803 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3804 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3805 watchpoint.
3806
3807 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3808 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3809 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3810 changes. This still gives false positives when
3811 the program writes the same value to memory as
3812 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3813 it for a read), but it's much better than
3814 nothing. */
3815
3816 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3817
3818 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3819 {
3820 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3821
3822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3823 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3824 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3825 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
3826 == watch_triggered_yes))
3827 {
3828 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3829 break;
3830 }
3831 }
3832
3833 if (other_write_watchpoint
3834 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3835 {
3836 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3837 and the value changed since the last time we
3838 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3839 Ignore it. */
3840 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3841 bs->stop = 0;
3842 }
3843 }
3844 break;
3845 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3846 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3847 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3848 {
3849 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3850 the value hasn't changed. */
3851 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3852 bs->stop = 0;
3853 }
3854 /* Stop. */
3855 break;
3856 default:
3857 /* Can't happen. */
3858 case 0:
3859 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3860 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
3861 if (b->related_breakpoint)
3862 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3863 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3864 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3865 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3866 break;
3867 }
3868 }
3869 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3870 {
3871 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3872 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3873 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3874 anything for this watchpoint. */
3875 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3876 bs->stop = 0;
3877 }
3878 }
3879 }
3880
3881
3882 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3883 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3884 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3885 static void
3886 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3887 {
3888 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3889 const struct bp_location *bl;
3890 struct breakpoint *b;
3891
3892 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3893 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3894 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3895 b = bl->owner;
3896 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3897
3898 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3899 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3900 bs->stop = 0;
3901 else if (bs->stop)
3902 {
3903 int value_is_zero = 0;
3904 struct expression *cond;
3905
3906 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3907 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3908 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3909 iteration. */
3910 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
3911 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3912
3913 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3914 cond = b->cond_exp;
3915 else
3916 cond = bl->cond;
3917
3918 if (cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3919 {
3920 int within_current_scope = 1;
3921
3922 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3923 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3924 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3925 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3926 function call. */
3927 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3928
3929 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3930 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3931 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3932 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3933 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3934 call site. */
3935 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
3936 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3937 else
3938 {
3939 struct frame_info *frame;
3940
3941 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
3942 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
3943 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
3944 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
3945 really matter which instantiation of the function
3946 where the condition makes sense triggers the
3947 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
3948 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
3949 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
3950 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
3951 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
3952 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
3953 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
3954 intuitive. */
3955 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
3956 if (frame != NULL)
3957 select_frame (frame);
3958 else
3959 within_current_scope = 0;
3960 }
3961 if (within_current_scope)
3962 value_is_zero
3963 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
3964 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3965 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3966 else
3967 {
3968 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
3969 "in the current scope"));
3970 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
3971 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
3972 value_is_zero = 0;
3973 }
3974 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3975 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3976 }
3977
3978 if (cond && value_is_zero)
3979 {
3980 bs->stop = 0;
3981 }
3982 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
3983 {
3984 bs->stop = 0;
3985 }
3986 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3987 {
3988 b->ignore_count--;
3989 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3990 bs->stop = 0;
3991 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3992 stop. */
3993 ++(b->hit_count);
3994 }
3995 }
3996 }
3997
3998
3999 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4000 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4001
4002 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4003 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
4004
4005 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4006
4007 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4008
4009 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4010 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4011 several reasons concurrently.)
4012
4013 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4014 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4015
4016 bpstat
4017 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4018 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4019 {
4020 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4021 struct bp_location *bl;
4022 struct bp_location *loc;
4023 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
4024 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
4025 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4026 bpstat bs = root_bs;
4027 int ix;
4028 int need_remove_insert;
4029
4030 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
4031 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
4032 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
4033
4034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4035 {
4036 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4037 continue;
4038
4039 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4040 {
4041 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
4042 The watchpoint_check function will work on the entire expression,
4043 not the individual locations. For read watchpoints, the
4044 watchpoints_triggered function has checked all locations
4045 already. */
4046 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4047 break;
4048
4049 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4050 continue;
4051
4052 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4053 continue;
4054
4055 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
4056
4057 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
4058
4059 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
4060 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
4061 'stop' to 0. */
4062 bs->stop = 1;
4063 bs->print = 1;
4064
4065 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4066 if (!bs->stop)
4067 continue;
4068
4069 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4070 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4071 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
4072 /* We do not stop for these. */
4073 bs->stop = 0;
4074 else
4075 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4076
4077 if (bs->stop)
4078 {
4079 ++(b->hit_count);
4080
4081 /* We will stop here */
4082 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4083 {
4084 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4085 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4086 update_global_location_list (0);
4087 }
4088 if (b->silent)
4089 bs->print = 0;
4090 bs->commands = b->commands;
4091 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4092 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4093 if (bs->commands_left
4094 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4095 || (xdb_commands
4096 && strcmp ("Q",
4097 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4098 {
4099 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4100 bs->print = 0;
4101 }
4102 }
4103
4104 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4105 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4106 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4107 }
4108 }
4109
4110 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4111 {
4112 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
4113 aspace, bp_addr))
4114 {
4115 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
4116 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4117 bs->stop = 0;
4118 bs->print = 0;
4119 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
4124
4125 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4126 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4127 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4128 done later. */
4129 need_remove_insert = 0;
4130 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (root_bs->next))
4131 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4132 if (!bs->stop
4133 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
4134 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner))
4135 {
4136 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4137 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
4138 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
4139 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
4140 need_remove_insert = 1;
4141 }
4142
4143 if (need_remove_insert)
4144 update_global_location_list (1);
4145
4146 return root_bs->next;
4147 }
4148
4149 static void
4150 handle_jit_event (void)
4151 {
4152 struct frame_info *frame;
4153 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4154
4155 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4156 breakpoint_re_set. */
4157 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4158
4159 frame = get_current_frame ();
4160 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4161
4162 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4163
4164 target_terminal_inferior ();
4165 }
4166
4167 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4168
4169 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4170
4171 struct bpstat_what
4172 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
4173 {
4174 struct bpstat_what retval;
4175 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4176 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4177 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4178 int shlib_event = 0;
4179 int jit_event = 0;
4180
4181 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4182 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4183
4184 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4185 {
4186 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4187 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4188 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4189 enum bptype bptype;
4190
4191 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4192 {
4193 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4194 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4195 bptype = bp_none;
4196 }
4197 else if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
4198 bptype = bp_none;
4199 else
4200 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type;
4201
4202 switch (bptype)
4203 {
4204 case bp_none:
4205 break;
4206 case bp_breakpoint:
4207 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4208 case bp_until:
4209 case bp_finish:
4210 if (bs->stop)
4211 {
4212 if (bs->print)
4213 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4214 else
4215 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4216 }
4217 else
4218 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4219 break;
4220 case bp_watchpoint:
4221 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4222 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4223 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4224 if (bs->stop)
4225 {
4226 if (bs->print)
4227 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4228 else
4229 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4230 }
4231 else
4232 {
4233 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4234 This requires no further action. */
4235 }
4236 break;
4237 case bp_longjmp:
4238 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4239 break;
4240 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4241 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4242 break;
4243 case bp_step_resume:
4244 if (bs->stop)
4245 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4246 else
4247 {
4248 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4249 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4250 }
4251 break;
4252 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4253 case bp_thread_event:
4254 case bp_overlay_event:
4255 case bp_longjmp_master:
4256 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4257 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4258 break;
4259 case bp_catchpoint:
4260 if (bs->stop)
4261 {
4262 if (bs->print)
4263 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4264 else
4265 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4266 }
4267 else
4268 {
4269 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4270 This requires no further action. */
4271 }
4272 break;
4273 case bp_shlib_event:
4274 shlib_event = 1;
4275
4276 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4277 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4278 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4279 loaded objects (among other things). */
4280 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4281 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4282 else
4283 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4284 break;
4285 case bp_jit_event:
4286 jit_event = 1;
4287 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4288 break;
4289 case bp_call_dummy:
4290 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4291 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4292 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4293 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4294 break;
4295 case bp_std_terminate:
4296 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4297 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4298 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4299 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4300 break;
4301 case bp_tracepoint:
4302 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4303 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4304 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4305 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4306 out already. */
4307 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4308 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4309 default:
4310 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4311 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4312 }
4313
4314 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4315 }
4316
4317 if (shlib_event)
4318 {
4319 if (debug_infrun)
4320 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4321
4322 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4323 to be adding them automatically. */
4324
4325 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4326 breakpoint_re_set. */
4327 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4328
4329 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4330 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4331 #else
4332 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4333 #endif
4334
4335 target_terminal_inferior ();
4336 }
4337
4338 if (jit_event)
4339 {
4340 if (debug_infrun)
4341 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4342
4343 handle_jit_event ();
4344 }
4345
4346 return retval;
4347 }
4348
4349 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4350 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4351 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4352
4353 int
4354 bpstat_should_step (void)
4355 {
4356 struct breakpoint *b;
4357
4358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4359 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4360 return 1;
4361 return 0;
4362 }
4363
4364 int
4365 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4366 {
4367 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4368 if (bs->stop)
4369 return 1;
4370
4371 return 0;
4372 }
4373
4374 \f
4375
4376 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4377
4378 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4379 struct bp_location *loc,
4380 char *wrap_indent,
4381 struct ui_stream *stb)
4382 {
4383 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4384
4385 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4386 loc = NULL;
4387
4388 if (loc != NULL)
4389 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4390
4391 if (b->source_file && loc)
4392 {
4393 struct symbol *sym
4394 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4395 if (sym)
4396 {
4397 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4398 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4399 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4400 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
4401 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
4402 }
4403 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4404 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4405
4406 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4407 {
4408 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4409 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4410
4411 if (fullname)
4412 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4413 }
4414
4415 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4416 }
4417 else if (loc)
4418 {
4419 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4420 demangle, "");
4421 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4422 }
4423 else
4424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4425
4426 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4427 }
4428
4429 static const char *
4430 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4431 {
4432 struct ep_type_description
4433 {
4434 enum bptype type;
4435 char *description;
4436 };
4437 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4438 {
4439 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4440 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4441 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4442 {bp_until, "until"},
4443 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4444 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4445 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4446 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4447 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4448 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4449 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4450 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4451 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4452 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4453 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4454 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4455 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4456 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4457 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4458 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4459 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4460 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4461 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4462 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4463 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4464 };
4465
4466 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4467 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4468 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4469 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4470 (int) type);
4471
4472 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4473 }
4474
4475 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4476
4477 static void
4478 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4479 struct bp_location *loc,
4480 int loc_number,
4481 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4482 int print_address_bits,
4483 int allflag)
4484 {
4485 struct command_line *l;
4486 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4487 char wrap_indent[80];
4488 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4489 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4490 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4491
4492 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4493 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4494 struct value_print_options opts;
4495
4496 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4497
4498 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4499 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4500 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4501 location. */
4502 if (loc == NULL
4503 && (b->loc != NULL
4504 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4505 header_of_multiple = 1;
4506 if (loc == NULL)
4507 loc = b->loc;
4508
4509 annotate_record ();
4510 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4511
4512 /* 1 */
4513 annotate_field (0);
4514 if (part_of_multiple)
4515 {
4516 char *formatted;
4517 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4519 xfree (formatted);
4520 }
4521 else
4522 {
4523 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4524 }
4525
4526 /* 2 */
4527 annotate_field (1);
4528 if (part_of_multiple)
4529 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4530 else
4531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4532
4533 /* 3 */
4534 annotate_field (2);
4535 if (part_of_multiple)
4536 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4537 else
4538 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4539
4540
4541 /* 4 */
4542 annotate_field (3);
4543 if (part_of_multiple)
4544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4545 else
4546 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4547 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4548 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4549
4550
4551 /* 5 and 6 */
4552 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
4553 if (opts.addressprint)
4554 {
4555 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
4556 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
4557 else
4558 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
4559 }
4560
4561 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4562 {
4563 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4564 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4565 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4566 just one location. */
4567 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4568 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4569 }
4570 else
4571 switch (b->type)
4572 {
4573 case bp_none:
4574 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4575 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4576 break;
4577
4578 case bp_watchpoint:
4579 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4580 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4581 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4582 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4583 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4584 is relatively readable). */
4585 if (opts.addressprint)
4586 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4587 annotate_field (5);
4588 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4589 break;
4590
4591 case bp_breakpoint:
4592 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4593 case bp_until:
4594 case bp_finish:
4595 case bp_longjmp:
4596 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4597 case bp_step_resume:
4598 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4599 case bp_call_dummy:
4600 case bp_std_terminate:
4601 case bp_shlib_event:
4602 case bp_thread_event:
4603 case bp_overlay_event:
4604 case bp_longjmp_master:
4605 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4606 case bp_tracepoint:
4607 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4608 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4609 case bp_jit_event:
4610 if (opts.addressprint)
4611 {
4612 annotate_field (4);
4613 if (header_of_multiple)
4614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4615 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4617 else
4618 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4619 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4620 }
4621 annotate_field (5);
4622 if (!header_of_multiple)
4623 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
4624 if (b->loc)
4625 *last_loc = b->loc;
4626 break;
4627 }
4628
4629
4630 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4631 are several. */
4632 if (loc != NULL
4633 && !header_of_multiple
4634 && (allflag
4635 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4636 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4637 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4638 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in moribund_locations and
4639 thus having NULL OWNER. */
4640 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4641 {
4642 struct inferior *inf;
4643 int first = 1;
4644
4645 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4646 {
4647 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4648 {
4649 if (first)
4650 {
4651 first = 0;
4652 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4653 }
4654 else
4655 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4656 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4657 }
4658 }
4659 }
4660
4661 if (!part_of_multiple)
4662 {
4663 if (b->thread != -1)
4664 {
4665 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4666 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4667 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4668 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4669 }
4670 else if (b->task != 0)
4671 {
4672 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4673 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4674 }
4675 }
4676
4677 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4678
4679 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4680 {
4681 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4682
4683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
4684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
4685 b->static_trace_marker_id);
4686 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4687 }
4688
4689 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4690 {
4691 annotate_field (6);
4692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4693 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4694 the frame ID. */
4695 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4696 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4698 }
4699
4700 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
4701 {
4702 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4703 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4704 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4705 annotate_field (7);
4706 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4708 else
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4711 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4712 }
4713
4714 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4715 {
4716 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4719 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4720 }
4721
4722 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4723 {
4724 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4725 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4726 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4727 else
4728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4729 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4730 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4731 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4732 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4733 else
4734 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4735 }
4736
4737 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4738 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4740 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4741 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4742
4743 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4744 {
4745 annotate_field (8);
4746 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4747 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4748 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4749 }
4750
4751 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4752 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4753 {
4754 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4755
4756 annotate_field (9);
4757 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4758 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4759 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4760 }
4761
4762 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
4763 {
4764 annotate_field (10);
4765 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4766 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
4767 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4768 }
4769
4770 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4771 {
4772 if (b->addr_string)
4773 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4774 else if (b->exp_string)
4775 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
4776 }
4777
4778 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
4779 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4780 }
4781
4782 static void
4783 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
4784 struct bp_location **last_loc, int print_address_bits,
4785 int allflag)
4786 {
4787 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc,
4788 print_address_bits, allflag);
4789
4790 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4791 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4792 locations, if any. */
4793 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
4794 {
4795 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4796 disabled, we print it as if it had
4797 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4798 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4799 situation.
4800 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4801 several locations internally, that's no a property
4802 exposed to user. */
4803 if (b->loc
4804 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
4805 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
4806 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4807 {
4808 struct bp_location *loc;
4809 int n = 1;
4810 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
4811 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc,
4812 print_address_bits, allflag);
4813 }
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817 static int
4818 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
4819 {
4820 int print_address_bits = 0;
4821 struct bp_location *loc;
4822
4823 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4824 {
4825 int addr_bit;
4826
4827 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4828 an address to print. */
4829 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
4830 continue;
4831
4832 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
4833 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
4834 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
4835 }
4836
4837 return print_address_bits;
4838 }
4839
4840 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4841 {
4842 int bnum;
4843 };
4844
4845 static int
4846 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
4847 {
4848 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
4849 struct breakpoint *b;
4850 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
4851
4852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4853 {
4854 if (args->bnum == b->number)
4855 {
4856 int print_address_bits = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
4857
4858 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, print_address_bits, 0);
4859 return GDB_RC_OK;
4860 }
4861 }
4862 return GDB_RC_NONE;
4863 }
4864
4865 enum gdb_rc
4866 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
4867 {
4868 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
4869
4870 args.bnum = bnum;
4871 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4872 an error. */
4873 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
4874 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
4875 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
4876 else
4877 return GDB_RC_OK;
4878 }
4879
4880 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4881 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4882
4883 static int
4884 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
4885 {
4886 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
4887 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
4888 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4889 || is_tracepoint (b)
4890 || is_watchpoint (b));
4891 }
4892
4893 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4894 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
4895 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
4896 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
4897 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
4898 breakpoints listed. */
4899
4900 static int
4901 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag, int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
4902 {
4903 struct breakpoint *b;
4904 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
4905 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
4906 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
4907 struct value_print_options opts;
4908 int print_address_bits = 0;
4909 int print_type_col_width = 14;
4910
4911 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4912
4913 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4914 size required for address fields. */
4915 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
4916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4917 if (bnum == -1
4918 || bnum == b->number)
4919 {
4920 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
4921 if (filter && !filter (b))
4922 continue;
4923
4924 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
4925 {
4926 int addr_bit, type_len;
4927
4928 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
4929 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
4930 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
4931
4932 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
4933 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
4934 print_type_col_width = type_len;
4935
4936 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
4937 }
4938 }
4939
4940 if (opts.addressprint)
4941 bkpttbl_chain
4942 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
4943 "BreakpointTable");
4944 else
4945 bkpttbl_chain
4946 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
4947 "BreakpointTable");
4948
4949 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4950 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4951 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4952 annotate_field (0);
4953 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4954 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4955 annotate_field (1);
4956 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
4957 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4958 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4959 annotate_field (2);
4960 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4961 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4962 annotate_field (3);
4963 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4964 if (opts.addressprint)
4965 {
4966 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4967 annotate_field (4);
4968 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
4969 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4970 else
4971 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4972 }
4973 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4974 annotate_field (5);
4975 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4976 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
4977 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4978 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4979
4980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4981 {
4982 QUIT;
4983 if (bnum == -1
4984 || bnum == b->number)
4985 {
4986 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
4987 if (filter && !filter (b))
4988 continue;
4989
4990 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4991 allflag is set. */
4992 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
4993 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, print_address_bits, allflag);
4994 }
4995 }
4996
4997 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
4998
4999 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5000 {
5001 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report empty list. */
5002 if (!filter)
5003 {
5004 if (bnum == -1)
5005 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5006 else
5007 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
5008 bnum);
5009 }
5010 }
5011 else
5012 {
5013 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5014 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5015 }
5016
5017 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5018 there have been breakpoints? */
5019 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5020
5021 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5022 }
5023
5024 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5025 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5026
5027 static void
5028 default_collect_info (void)
5029 {
5030 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5031 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5032 not wanted. */
5033 if (!*default_collect)
5034 return;
5035
5036 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5037 actions. */
5038 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5039 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5040 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5041 }
5042
5043 static void
5044 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
5045 {
5046 int bnum = -1;
5047
5048 if (bnum_exp)
5049 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
5050
5051 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0, NULL);
5052
5053 default_collect_info ();
5054 }
5055
5056 static void
5057 watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp, int from_tty)
5058 {
5059 int wpnum = -1, num_printed;
5060
5061 if (wpnum_exp)
5062 wpnum = parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp);
5063
5064 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (wpnum, 0, is_watchpoint);
5065
5066 if (num_printed == 0)
5067 {
5068 if (wpnum == -1)
5069 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5070 else
5071 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum);
5072 }
5073 }
5074
5075 static void
5076 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
5077 {
5078 int bnum = -1;
5079
5080 if (bnum_exp)
5081 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
5082
5083 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1, NULL);
5084
5085 default_collect_info ();
5086 }
5087
5088 static int
5089 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5090 struct program_space *pspace,
5091 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5092 {
5093 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5094
5095 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5096 {
5097 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5098 && bl->address == pc
5099 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5100 return 1;
5101 }
5102 return 0;
5103 }
5104
5105 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5106 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5107 address spaces. */
5108
5109 static void
5110 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5111 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5112 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5113 {
5114 int others = 0;
5115 struct breakpoint *b;
5116
5117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5118 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5119 if (others > 0)
5120 {
5121 if (others == 1)
5122 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5123 else /* if (others == ???) */
5124 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5126 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5127 {
5128 others--;
5129 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5130 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5131 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5132 else if (b->thread != -1)
5133 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5134 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5135 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5136 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5137 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5138 ? " (disabled)"
5139 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5140 ? " (permanent)"
5141 : ""),
5142 (others > 1) ? ","
5143 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5144 }
5145 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5146 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5147 printf_filtered (".\n");
5148 }
5149 }
5150 \f
5151 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5152 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5153
5154 void
5155 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5156 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5157 int line)
5158 {
5159 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5160 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5161 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5162 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5163 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5164 }
5165
5166 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5167 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5168 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5169 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5170
5171 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
5172 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
5173 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
5174
5175 bp_watchpoint
5176 bp_catchpoint
5177
5178 */
5179
5180 static int
5181 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5182 {
5183 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5184
5185 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5186 }
5187
5188 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5189 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5190
5191 static int
5192 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2)
5193 {
5194 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5195 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5196 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5197
5198 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware, then we
5199 we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at the same place.
5200 Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when the condition of whichever
5201 watchpoint was inserted evaluates to true, not giving a chance for GDB to
5202 check the condition of the other watchpoint. */
5203 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5204 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address, loc1->length,
5205 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5206 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5207 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5208 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address, loc2->length,
5209 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5210 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5211 return 0;
5212
5213 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5214 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5215 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5216 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5217 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5218 become hw_access locations later. */
5219 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5220 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5221 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5222 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5223 }
5224
5225 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5226 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5227 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5228 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5229
5230 static int
5231 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5232 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5233 {
5234 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5235 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5236 && addr1 == addr2);
5237 }
5238
5239 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5240 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5241 represent the same location. */
5242
5243 static int
5244 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2)
5245 {
5246 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5247
5248 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5249 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5250 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5251
5252 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5253 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5254
5255 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5256 return 0;
5257 else if (hw_point1)
5258 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5259 else
5260 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5261 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address);
5262 }
5263
5264 static void
5265 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5266 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5267 {
5268 char astr1[40];
5269 char astr2[40];
5270
5271 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5272 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5273 if (have_bnum)
5274 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5275 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5276 else
5277 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5278 }
5279
5280 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
5281 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
5282 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
5283 this function is simply the identity function. */
5284
5285 static CORE_ADDR
5286 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5287 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5288 {
5289 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5290 {
5291 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5292 return bpaddr;
5293 }
5294 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5295 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5296 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5297 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5298 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5299 {
5300 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5301 have their addresses modified. */
5302 return bpaddr;
5303 }
5304 else
5305 {
5306 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5307
5308 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5309 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5310 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5311
5312 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5313 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5314 is required. */
5315 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5316 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5317
5318 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5319 }
5320 }
5321
5322 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5323
5324 static struct bp_location *
5325 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5326 {
5327 struct bp_location *loc;
5328
5329 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5330 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5331
5332 loc->owner = bpt;
5333 loc->cond = NULL;
5334 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5335 loc->enabled = 1;
5336
5337 switch (bpt->type)
5338 {
5339 case bp_breakpoint:
5340 case bp_until:
5341 case bp_finish:
5342 case bp_longjmp:
5343 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5344 case bp_step_resume:
5345 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5346 case bp_call_dummy:
5347 case bp_std_terminate:
5348 case bp_shlib_event:
5349 case bp_thread_event:
5350 case bp_overlay_event:
5351 case bp_jit_event:
5352 case bp_longjmp_master:
5353 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5354 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5355 break;
5356 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5357 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5358 break;
5359 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5360 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5361 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5362 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5363 break;
5364 case bp_watchpoint:
5365 case bp_catchpoint:
5366 case bp_tracepoint:
5367 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5368 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5369 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5370 break;
5371 default:
5372 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5373 }
5374
5375 return loc;
5376 }
5377
5378 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5379 {
5380 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
5381 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
5382 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
5383 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
5384 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
5385 if we remove it here, then the later call to
5386 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
5387 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
5388 with commands won't work. */
5389
5390 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback, loc);
5391
5392 if (loc->cond)
5393 xfree (loc->cond);
5394
5395 if (loc->function_name)
5396 xfree (loc->function_name);
5397
5398 xfree (loc);
5399 }
5400
5401 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5402 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5403 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
5404
5405 static struct breakpoint *
5406 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5407 enum bptype bptype)
5408 {
5409 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
5410
5411 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
5412 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5413
5414 b->type = bptype;
5415 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5416 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5417 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5418 b->thread = -1;
5419 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5420 b->next = 0;
5421 b->silent = 0;
5422 b->ignore_count = 0;
5423 b->commands = NULL;
5424 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5425 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5426 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5427 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5428 b->ops = NULL;
5429 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5430
5431 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5432 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5433 of increasing numbers. */
5434
5435 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5436 if (b1 == 0)
5437 breakpoint_chain = b;
5438 else
5439 {
5440 while (b1->next)
5441 b1 = b1->next;
5442 b1->next = b;
5443 }
5444 return b;
5445 }
5446
5447 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5448 static void
5449 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
5450 {
5451 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5452
5453 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5454 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5455 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5456 {
5457 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
5458 NULL, NULL);
5459 if (loc->function_name)
5460 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5461 }
5462 }
5463
5464 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5465 static struct gdbarch *
5466 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5467 {
5468 if (sal.section)
5469 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5470 if (sal.symtab)
5471 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5472
5473 return NULL;
5474 }
5475
5476 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5477 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5478 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5479 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5480 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5481 is also returned as the value of this function.
5482
5483 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5484 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5485 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5486 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5487 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5488 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5489 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5490
5491 struct breakpoint *
5492 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5493 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5494 {
5495 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, bptype);
5496 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5497 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5498
5499 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5500 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5501 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5502
5503 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5504 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5505
5506 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5507 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5508 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5509 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5510 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5511 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5512 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch, sal.pc, b->type);
5513
5514 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5515 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5516 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5517 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5518 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5519
5520 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5521 breakpoint resetting. */
5522 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5523
5524 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5525 b->source_file = NULL;
5526 else
5527 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5528 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5529 b->line_number = sal.line;
5530
5531 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
5532
5533 breakpoints_changed ();
5534
5535 return b;
5536 }
5537
5538
5539 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5540 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5541 void
5542 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5543 {
5544 struct bp_location *bl;
5545
5546 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5547
5548 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5549 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5550 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5551 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5552 but it's easy to implmement. */
5553 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5554 bl->inserted = 1;
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5558 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5559 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5560
5561 void
5562 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5563 {
5564 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5565
5566 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5567 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5568 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5569 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5571 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5572 && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
5573 {
5574 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5575
5576 clone->type = bp_longjmp;
5577 clone->thread = thread;
5578 }
5579 }
5580
5581 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5582 void
5583 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5584 {
5585 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5586
5587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5588 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
5589 {
5590 if (b->thread == thread)
5591 delete_breakpoint (b);
5592 }
5593 }
5594
5595 void
5596 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5597 {
5598 struct breakpoint *b;
5599
5600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5601 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5602 {
5603 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5604 update_global_location_list (1);
5605 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5606 }
5607 }
5608
5609 void
5610 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5611 {
5612 struct breakpoint *b;
5613
5614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5615 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5616 {
5617 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5618 update_global_location_list (0);
5619 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5620 }
5621 }
5622
5623 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5624 master breakpoint. */
5625 void
5626 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5627 {
5628 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5629
5630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5631 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5632 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5633 {
5634 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5635 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
5636 }
5637 }
5638
5639 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5640 void
5641 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5642 {
5643 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5644
5645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5646 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5647 delete_breakpoint (b);
5648 }
5649
5650 struct breakpoint *
5651 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5652 {
5653 struct breakpoint *b;
5654
5655 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
5656
5657 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5658 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5659 b->addr_string
5660 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5661
5662 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5663
5664 return b;
5665 }
5666
5667 void
5668 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5669 {
5670 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5671
5672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5673 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
5674 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5675 delete_breakpoint (b);
5676 }
5677
5678 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5679 {
5680 char **arg_p;
5681 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
5682 char ***addr_string_p;
5683 int *not_found_ptr;
5684 };
5685
5686 struct lang_and_radix
5687 {
5688 enum language lang;
5689 int radix;
5690 };
5691
5692 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5693
5694 struct breakpoint *
5695 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5696 {
5697 struct breakpoint *b;
5698
5699 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
5700 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5701 return b;
5702 }
5703
5704 void
5705 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5706 {
5707 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5708
5709 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5710 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
5711 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5712 delete_breakpoint (b);
5713 }
5714
5715 struct breakpoint *
5716 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5717 {
5718 struct breakpoint *b;
5719
5720 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
5721 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5722 return b;
5723 }
5724
5725 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5726 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5727
5728 void
5729 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5730 {
5731 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
5732
5733 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
5734 {
5735 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
5736 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5737
5738 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5739 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5740 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5741 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5742 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5743 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
5744 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
5745 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5746 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
5747 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
5748 && !loc->shlib_disabled
5749 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
5750 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
5751 #else
5752 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
5753 #endif
5754 )
5755 {
5756 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
5757 }
5758 }
5759 }
5760
5761 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5762 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5763
5764 static void
5765 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
5766 {
5767 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
5768 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
5769
5770 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5771 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5772 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5773 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5774 if (exec_bfd != NULL
5775 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
5776 return;
5777
5778 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
5779 {
5780 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
5781 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5782
5783 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5784 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
5785 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
5786 && !loc->shlib_disabled
5787 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
5788 || b->type == bp_jit_event
5789 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5790 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
5791 {
5792 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
5793 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5794 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5795 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5796 loc->inserted = 0;
5797 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
5798 {
5799 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5800 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5801 solib->so_name);
5802 }
5803 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
5804 }
5805 }
5806 }
5807
5808 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5809
5810 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5811
5812 static void
5813 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5814 {
5815 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5816 }
5817
5818 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5819
5820 static int
5821 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5822 {
5823 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5824 }
5825
5826 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5827 catchpoints. */
5828
5829 static int
5830 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5831 {
5832 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
5833 }
5834
5835 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5836
5837 static enum print_stop_action
5838 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5839 {
5840 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
5841 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5842 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5843 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5847
5848 static void
5849 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
5850 {
5851 struct value_print_options opts;
5852
5853 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5854
5855 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5856 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5857 is relatively readable). */
5858 if (opts.addressprint)
5859 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5860 annotate_field (5);
5861 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
5862 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
5863 {
5864 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
5865 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
5866 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5867 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
5868 }
5869 }
5870
5871 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5872 catchpoints. */
5873
5874 static void
5875 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5876 {
5877 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5881 catchpoints. */
5882
5883 static void
5884 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
5885 {
5886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
5887 }
5888
5889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5890
5891 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
5892 {
5893 insert_catch_fork,
5894 remove_catch_fork,
5895 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
5896 print_it_catch_fork,
5897 print_one_catch_fork,
5898 print_mention_catch_fork,
5899 print_recreate_catch_fork
5900 };
5901
5902 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5903
5904 static void
5905 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5906 {
5907 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5908 }
5909
5910 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5911
5912 static int
5913 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5914 {
5915 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5916 }
5917
5918 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5919 catchpoints. */
5920
5921 static int
5922 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5923 {
5924 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
5925 }
5926
5927 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5928
5929 static enum print_stop_action
5930 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5931 {
5932 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
5933 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5934 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5935 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
5936 }
5937
5938 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5939
5940 static void
5941 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
5942 {
5943 struct value_print_options opts;
5944
5945 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5946 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5947 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5948 is relatively readable). */
5949 if (opts.addressprint)
5950 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5951 annotate_field (5);
5952 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
5953 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
5954 {
5955 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
5956 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
5957 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5958 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
5959 }
5960 }
5961
5962 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5963 catchpoints. */
5964
5965 static void
5966 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5967 {
5968 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
5969 }
5970
5971 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5972 catchpoints. */
5973
5974 static void
5975 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
5976 {
5977 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
5978 }
5979
5980 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5981
5982 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
5983 {
5984 insert_catch_vfork,
5985 remove_catch_vfork,
5986 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
5987 print_it_catch_vfork,
5988 print_one_catch_vfork,
5989 print_mention_catch_vfork,
5990 print_recreate_catch_vfork
5991 };
5992
5993 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5994 catchpoints. */
5995
5996 static void
5997 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
5998 {
5999 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6000
6001 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6002 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6003 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6004 else
6005 {
6006 int i, iter;
6007
6008 for (i = 0;
6009 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6010 i++)
6011 {
6012 int elem;
6013
6014 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6015 {
6016 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6017 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6018 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6019 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6020 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6021 vec_addr_offset;
6022 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6023 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6024 }
6025 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6026 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6027 }
6028 }
6029
6030 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6031 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6032 inf->any_syscall_count,
6033 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6034 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6035 }
6036
6037 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6038 catchpoints. */
6039
6040 static int
6041 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6042 {
6043 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6044
6045 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6046 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6047 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6048 else
6049 {
6050 int i, iter;
6051
6052 for (i = 0;
6053 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6054 i++)
6055 {
6056 int elem;
6057 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6058 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6059 continue;
6060 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6061 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6062 }
6063 }
6064
6065 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6066 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6067 inf->any_syscall_count,
6068 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6069 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6070 }
6071
6072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6073 catchpoints. */
6074
6075 static int
6076 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6077 {
6078 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
6079 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
6080 syscall we are catching. */
6081 int syscall_number = 0;
6082
6083 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6084 return 0;
6085
6086 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6087 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6088 {
6089 int i, iter;
6090
6091 for (i = 0;
6092 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6093 i++)
6094 if (syscall_number == iter)
6095 break;
6096 /* Not the same. */
6097 if (!iter)
6098 return 0;
6099 }
6100
6101 return 1;
6102 }
6103
6104 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6105 catchpoints. */
6106
6107 static enum print_stop_action
6108 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6109 {
6110 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6111 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6112 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6113 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6114 ptid_t ptid;
6115 struct target_waitstatus last;
6116 struct syscall s;
6117 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6118 char *syscall_id;
6119
6120 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6121
6122 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6123
6124 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6125
6126 if (s.name == NULL)
6127 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6128 else
6129 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6130
6131 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6132
6133 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6134 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6135 b->number, syscall_id);
6136 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6137 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6138 b->number, syscall_id);
6139
6140 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6141
6142 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6143 }
6144
6145 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6146 catchpoints. */
6147
6148 static void
6149 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6150 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6151 {
6152 struct value_print_options opts;
6153
6154 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6155 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6156 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6157 is relatively readable). */
6158 if (opts.addressprint)
6159 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6160 annotate_field (5);
6161
6162 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6163 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6164 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6165 else
6166 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6167
6168 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6169 {
6170 int i, iter;
6171 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6172
6173 for (i = 0;
6174 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6175 i++)
6176 {
6177 char *x = text;
6178 struct syscall s;
6179 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6180
6181 if (s.name != NULL)
6182 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6183 else
6184 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6185
6186 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6187 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6188 on every call. */
6189 xfree (x);
6190 }
6191 /* Remove the last comma. */
6192 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6193 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6194 }
6195 else
6196 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6197 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6198 }
6199
6200 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6201 catchpoints. */
6202
6203 static void
6204 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6205 {
6206 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6207 {
6208 int i, iter;
6209
6210 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6211 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6212 else
6213 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6214
6215 for (i = 0;
6216 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6217 i++)
6218 {
6219 struct syscall s;
6220 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6221
6222 if (s.name)
6223 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6224 else
6225 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6226 }
6227 printf_filtered (")");
6228 }
6229 else
6230 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6231 b->number);
6232 }
6233
6234 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6235 catchpoints. */
6236
6237 static void
6238 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6239 {
6240 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6241
6242 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6243 {
6244 int i, iter;
6245
6246 for (i = 0;
6247 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6248 i++)
6249 {
6250 struct syscall s;
6251
6252 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6253 if (s.name)
6254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6255 else
6256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6257 }
6258 }
6259 }
6260
6261 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6262
6263 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6264 {
6265 insert_catch_syscall,
6266 remove_catch_syscall,
6267 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6268 print_it_catch_syscall,
6269 print_one_catch_syscall,
6270 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6271 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6272 };
6273
6274 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6275
6276 static int
6277 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6278 {
6279 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6280 }
6281
6282 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6283 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6284 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6285 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6286
6287 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6288 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6289 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6290 to the catchpoint. */
6291
6292 static struct breakpoint *
6293 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6294 char *cond_string,
6295 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6296 {
6297 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6298 struct breakpoint *b;
6299
6300 init_sal (&sal);
6301 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6302
6303 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6304 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6305 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6306
6307 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6308 b->thread = -1;
6309 b->addr_string = NULL;
6310 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6311 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6312 b->ops = ops;
6313
6314 return b;
6315 }
6316
6317 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6318
6319 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6320 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6321 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6322 to the catchpoint. */
6323
6324 static struct breakpoint *
6325 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6326 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6327 {
6328 struct breakpoint *b =
6329 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6330
6331 mention (b);
6332 update_global_location_list (1);
6333
6334 return b;
6335 }
6336
6337 static void
6338 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6339 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6340 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6341 {
6342 struct breakpoint *b
6343 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6344
6345 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6346 area. */
6347 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6348 }
6349
6350 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6351
6352 static void
6353 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6354 {
6355 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6356 }
6357
6358 static int
6359 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6360 {
6361 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6362 }
6363
6364 static int
6365 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6366 {
6367 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
6368 }
6369
6370 static enum print_stop_action
6371 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6372 {
6373 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6374 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6375 b->exec_pathname);
6376 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6377 }
6378
6379 static void
6380 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6381 {
6382 struct value_print_options opts;
6383
6384 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6385
6386 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6387 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6388 is relatively readable). */
6389 if (opts.addressprint)
6390 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6391 annotate_field (5);
6392 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6393 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6394 {
6395 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6396 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6398 }
6399 }
6400
6401 static void
6402 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6403 {
6404 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6405 }
6406
6407 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6408 catchpoints. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6412 {
6413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6414 }
6415
6416 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6417 {
6418 insert_catch_exec,
6419 remove_catch_exec,
6420 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6421 print_it_catch_exec,
6422 print_one_catch_exec,
6423 print_mention_catch_exec,
6424 print_recreate_catch_exec
6425 };
6426
6427 static void
6428 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6429 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6430 {
6431 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6432 struct breakpoint *b =
6433 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6434
6435 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6436
6437 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6438 location list. */
6439 mention (b);
6440 update_global_location_list (1);
6441 }
6442
6443 static int
6444 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6445 {
6446 struct breakpoint *b;
6447 int i = 0;
6448
6449 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6450 {
6451 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6452 i++;
6453 }
6454
6455 return i;
6456 }
6457
6458 static int
6459 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6460 {
6461 struct breakpoint *b;
6462 int i = 0;
6463
6464 *other_type_used = 0;
6465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6466 {
6467 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
6468 {
6469 if (b->type == type)
6470 i++;
6471 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6472 *other_type_used = 1;
6473 }
6474 }
6475 return i;
6476 }
6477
6478 void
6479 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6480 {
6481 struct breakpoint *b;
6482
6483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6484 {
6485 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6486 {
6487 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6488 update_global_location_list (0);
6489 }
6490 }
6491 }
6492
6493 void
6494 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6495 {
6496 struct breakpoint *b;
6497
6498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6499 {
6500 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6501 {
6502 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6503 update_global_location_list (1);
6504 }
6505 }
6506 }
6507
6508 void
6509 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6510 {
6511 struct breakpoint *b;
6512 int found = 0;
6513
6514 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6515 {
6516 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6517 continue;
6518
6519 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6520 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6521 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6522 {
6523 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6524 found = 1;
6525 }
6526 }
6527
6528 if (found)
6529 update_global_location_list (0);
6530
6531 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
6532 }
6533
6534 void
6535 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6536 {
6537 struct breakpoint *b;
6538 int found = 0;
6539
6540 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
6541
6542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6543 {
6544 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6545 continue;
6546
6547 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6548 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6549 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
6550 {
6551 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6552 found = 1;
6553 }
6554 }
6555
6556 if (found)
6557 breakpoint_re_set ();
6558 }
6559
6560
6561 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6562 at address specified by SAL.
6563 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6564
6565 struct breakpoint *
6566 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
6567 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
6568 {
6569 struct breakpoint *b;
6570
6571 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6572 one. */
6573 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
6574
6575 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
6576 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6577 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6578 b->frame_id = frame_id;
6579
6580 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6581 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6582 single thread of control. */
6583 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
6584 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
6585
6586 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6587
6588 return b;
6589 }
6590
6591 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6592 ORIG is NULL. */
6593
6594 struct breakpoint *
6595 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
6596 {
6597 struct breakpoint *copy;
6598
6599 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6600 if (orig == NULL)
6601 return NULL;
6602
6603 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
6604 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
6605 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
6606
6607 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
6608 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
6609 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
6610 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
6611 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
6612
6613 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
6614 copy->source_file = NULL;
6615 else
6616 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
6617
6618 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
6619 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
6620 copy->thread = orig->thread;
6621 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
6622
6623 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6624 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6625 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
6626
6627 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6628 return copy;
6629 }
6630
6631 struct breakpoint *
6632 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
6633 enum bptype type)
6634 {
6635 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6636
6637 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
6638 sal.pc = pc;
6639 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
6640 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
6641
6642 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
6643 }
6644 \f
6645
6646 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6647
6648 static void
6649 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
6650 {
6651 int say_where = 0;
6652 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
6653 struct value_print_options opts;
6654
6655 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6656
6657 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6658 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6659 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6660 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6661 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
6662
6663 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
6664 b->ops->print_mention (b);
6665 else
6666 switch (b->type)
6667 {
6668 case bp_none:
6669 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
6670 break;
6671 case bp_watchpoint:
6672 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
6673 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6674 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6675 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6677 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6678 break;
6679 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6680 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6681 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6682 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6683 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6685 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6686 break;
6687 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6688 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6689 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
6690 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6691 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6692 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6693 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6694 break;
6695 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6696 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6697 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
6698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6699 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6700 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6701 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6702 break;
6703 case bp_breakpoint:
6704 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6705 {
6706 say_where = 0;
6707 break;
6708 }
6709 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6710 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6711 else
6712 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6713 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6714 say_where = 1;
6715 break;
6716 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6718 {
6719 say_where = 0;
6720 break;
6721 }
6722 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
6723 say_where = 1;
6724 break;
6725 case bp_tracepoint:
6726 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6727 {
6728 say_where = 0;
6729 break;
6730 }
6731 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6732 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6733 say_where = 1;
6734 break;
6735 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6736 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6737 {
6738 say_where = 0;
6739 break;
6740 }
6741 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6742 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6743 say_where = 1;
6744 break;
6745 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6747 {
6748 say_where = 0;
6749 break;
6750 }
6751 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
6752 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6753 say_where = 1;
6754 break;
6755
6756 case bp_until:
6757 case bp_finish:
6758 case bp_longjmp:
6759 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6760 case bp_step_resume:
6761 case bp_call_dummy:
6762 case bp_std_terminate:
6763 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6764 case bp_shlib_event:
6765 case bp_thread_event:
6766 case bp_overlay_event:
6767 case bp_jit_event:
6768 case bp_longjmp_master:
6769 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6770 break;
6771 }
6772
6773 if (say_where)
6774 {
6775 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6776 single string. */
6777 if (b->loc == NULL)
6778 {
6779 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
6780 }
6781 else
6782 {
6783 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
6784 {
6785 printf_filtered (" at ");
6786 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
6787 gdb_stdout);
6788 }
6789 if (b->source_file)
6790 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6791 b->source_file, b->line_number);
6792
6793 if (b->loc->next)
6794 {
6795 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6796 int n = 0;
6797 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6798 ++n;
6799 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
6800 }
6801
6802 }
6803 }
6804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6805 return;
6806 printf_filtered ("\n");
6807 }
6808 \f
6809
6810 static struct bp_location *
6811 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6812 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6813 {
6814 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
6815
6816 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
6817 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
6818 ;
6819 *tmp = loc;
6820 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
6821 if (!loc->gdbarch)
6822 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
6823 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
6824 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6825 loc->requested_address, b->type);
6826 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
6827 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
6828 loc->section = sal->section;
6829
6830 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
6831 return loc;
6832 }
6833 \f
6834
6835 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6836 return 0 otherwise. */
6837
6838 static int
6839 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
6840 {
6841 int len;
6842 CORE_ADDR addr;
6843 const gdb_byte *brk;
6844 gdb_byte *target_mem;
6845 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6846 int retval = 0;
6847
6848 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
6849
6850 addr = loc->address;
6851 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
6852
6853 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6854 if (brk == NULL)
6855 return 0;
6856
6857 target_mem = alloca (len);
6858
6859 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6860 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6861 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6862 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
6863
6864 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
6865 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6866
6867 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
6868 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
6869 retval = 1;
6870
6871 do_cleanups (cleanup);
6872
6873 return retval;
6874 }
6875
6876
6877
6878 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6879 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6880 as condition expression. */
6881
6882 static void
6883 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6884 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
6885 char *cond_string,
6886 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
6887 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
6888 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
6889 {
6890 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
6891 int i;
6892
6893 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6894 {
6895 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6896 int target_resources_ok =
6897 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
6898 i + 1, 0);
6899 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
6900 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6901 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
6902 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6903 }
6904
6905 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
6906
6907 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
6908 {
6909 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
6910 struct bp_location *loc;
6911
6912 if (from_tty)
6913 {
6914 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
6915 if (!loc_gdbarch)
6916 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
6917
6918 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
6919 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
6920 }
6921
6922 if (i == 0)
6923 {
6924 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
6925 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6926 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6927 b->thread = thread;
6928 b->task = task;
6929
6930 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6931 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
6932 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
6933 b->disposition = disposition;
6934 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
6935
6936 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
6937 {
6938 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
6939
6940 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
6941 {
6942 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
6943 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
6944 char *p = &addr_string[3];
6945 char *endp;
6946 char *marker_str;
6947 int i;
6948
6949 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
6950 p++;
6951
6952 endp = p;
6953 while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6954 endp++;
6955
6956 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
6957 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
6958
6959 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
6960 b->static_trace_marker_id);
6961 }
6962 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
6963 {
6964 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
6965 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
6966
6967 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
6968 b->static_trace_marker_id);
6969 }
6970 else
6971 warning (_("\
6972 Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe"));
6973 }
6974
6975 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
6976 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6977 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
6978 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6979
6980 loc = b->loc;
6981 }
6982 else
6983 {
6984 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6985 }
6986
6987 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
6988 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
6989
6990 if (b->cond_string)
6991 {
6992 char *arg = b->cond_string;
6993 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
6994 if (*arg)
6995 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
6996 }
6997 }
6998
6999 if (addr_string)
7000 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7001 else
7002 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7003 me. */
7004 b->addr_string
7005 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7006
7007 b->ops = ops;
7008 mention (b);
7009 }
7010
7011 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7012 elements to fill the void space. */
7013 static void
7014 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7015 {
7016 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7017 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7018
7019 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7020 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7021
7022 --(sal->nelts);
7023 }
7024
7025 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7026 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7027 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7028 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7029 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7030 single expanded sal, return the original.
7031
7032 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7033 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7034 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7035 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7036 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7037
7038 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7039 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7040 {
7041 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7042 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7043 char *original_function = NULL;
7044 int found;
7045 int i;
7046 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7047
7048 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7049 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7050 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7051 {
7052 expanded.nelts = 1;
7053 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7054 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7055 return expanded;
7056 }
7057
7058 sal.pc = 0;
7059
7060 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7061
7062 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7063
7064 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7065
7066 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7067 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7068
7069 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7070 {
7071 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7072 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7073 xfree (expanded.sals);
7074 expanded.nelts = 1;
7075 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7076 sal.pc = original_pc;
7077 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7078 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7079 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7080 return expanded;
7081 }
7082
7083 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7084 {
7085 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7086 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7087 {
7088 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7089 char *this_function;
7090
7091 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7092 read memory. */
7093 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7094
7095 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7096 &func_addr, &func_end))
7097 {
7098 if (this_function
7099 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7100 {
7101 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7102 --i;
7103 }
7104 }
7105 }
7106 }
7107
7108 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7109 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7110 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7111
7112 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7113
7114 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7115 {
7116 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
7117 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
7118 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
7119 xfree (expanded.sals);
7120 expanded.nelts = 1;
7121 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7122 sal.pc = original_pc;
7123 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7124 return expanded;
7125 }
7126
7127 if (original_pc)
7128 {
7129 found = 0;
7130 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7131 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7132 {
7133 found = 1;
7134 break;
7135 }
7136 gdb_assert (found);
7137 }
7138
7139 return expanded;
7140 }
7141
7142 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7143 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7144 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7145 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7146 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7147 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7148 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7149 we take just a single condition string.
7150
7151 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7152 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7153 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7154 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7155 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7156
7157 static void
7158 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7159 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
7160 char *cond_string,
7161 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7162 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7163 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7164 int enabled)
7165 {
7166 int i;
7167
7168 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7169 {
7170 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7171 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7172
7173 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i],
7174 cond_string, type, disposition,
7175 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
7176 }
7177 }
7178
7179 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7180 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7181 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7182 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
7183
7184 static void
7185 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7186 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7187 char ***addr_string,
7188 int *not_found_ptr)
7189 {
7190 char *addr_start = *address;
7191
7192 *addr_string = NULL;
7193 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7194 breakpoint. */
7195 if ((*address) == NULL
7196 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7197 {
7198 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7199 {
7200 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7201
7202 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
7203 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7204 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7205 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7206 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7207 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7208 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7209 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7210
7211 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
7212 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
7213 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
7214 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
7215 */
7216 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7217
7218 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7219 sals->nelts = 1;
7220 }
7221 else
7222 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7223 }
7224 else
7225 {
7226 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7227 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
7228 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
7229 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7230 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7231 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7232
7233 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7234
7235 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7236 && (!cursal.symtab
7237 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7238 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7239 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7240 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
7241 not_found_ptr);
7242 else
7243 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7244 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
7245 }
7246 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7247 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
7248 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
7249 if (addr_start != (*address))
7250 {
7251 int i;
7252
7253 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7254 {
7255 /* Add the string if not present. */
7256 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
7257 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7258 (*address) - addr_start);
7259 }
7260 }
7261 }
7262
7263
7264 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7265 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7266
7267 static void
7268 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7269 {
7270 int i;
7271
7272 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7273 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7274 }
7275
7276 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7277 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7278 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7279 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7280 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7281 it, etc. */
7282
7283 static void
7284 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7285 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7286 {
7287 int i, rslt;
7288 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7289 char *msg;
7290 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7291
7292 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7293 {
7294 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7295
7296 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7297 NULL, &msg);
7298 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7299
7300 if (!rslt)
7301 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7302 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7303
7304 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7305 }
7306 }
7307
7308 static void
7309 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
7310 {
7311 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
7312
7313 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
7314 args->not_found_ptr);
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7318 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7319 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7320 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7321 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7322 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7323 static void
7324 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7325 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7326 {
7327 *cond_string = NULL;
7328 *thread = -1;
7329 while (tok && *tok)
7330 {
7331 char *end_tok;
7332 int toklen;
7333 char *cond_start = NULL;
7334 char *cond_end = NULL;
7335
7336 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
7337 tok++;
7338
7339 end_tok = tok;
7340
7341 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
7342 end_tok++;
7343
7344 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7345
7346 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7347 {
7348 struct expression *expr;
7349
7350 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7351 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7352 xfree (expr);
7353 cond_end = tok;
7354 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7355 cond_end - cond_start);
7356 }
7357 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7358 {
7359 char *tmptok;
7360
7361 tok = end_tok + 1;
7362 tmptok = tok;
7363 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7364 if (tok == tmptok)
7365 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7366 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7367 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7368 }
7369 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7370 {
7371 char *tmptok;
7372
7373 tok = end_tok + 1;
7374 tmptok = tok;
7375 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7376 if (tok == tmptok)
7377 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7378 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7379 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7380 }
7381 else
7382 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7383 }
7384 }
7385
7386 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7387
7388 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7389 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7390 {
7391 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7392 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7393 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7394 struct symbol *sym;
7395 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7396 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7397 char *endp;
7398 char *marker_str;
7399 int i;
7400
7401 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
7402 p++;
7403
7404 endp = p;
7405 while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
7406 endp++;
7407
7408 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7409 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7410
7411 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7412 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7413 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7414
7415 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7416 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7417
7418 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7419 {
7420 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7421
7422 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7423
7424 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7425
7426 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7427 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7428
7429 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7430 }
7431
7432 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7433
7434 *arg_p = endp;
7435 return sals;
7436 }
7437
7438 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7439 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7440 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7441 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7442 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
7443 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
7444 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
7445 was created; false otherwise. */
7446
7447 int
7448 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7449 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7450 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7451 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7452 int ignore_count,
7453 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7454 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7455 int from_tty,
7456 int enabled)
7457 {
7458 struct gdb_exception e;
7459 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7460 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7461 char *copy_arg;
7462 char *addr_start = arg;
7463 char **addr_string;
7464 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7465 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7466 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
7467 int i;
7468 int pending = 0;
7469 int not_found = 0;
7470 int task = 0;
7471 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7472
7473 sals.sals = NULL;
7474 sals.nelts = 0;
7475 addr_string = NULL;
7476
7477 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
7478 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
7479 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
7480 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7481
7482 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7483 {
7484 int i;
7485
7486 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7487
7488 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7489 addr_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **));
7490 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7491 addr_string[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7492 goto done;
7493 }
7494
7495 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
7496 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7497
7498 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7499 switch (e.reason)
7500 {
7501 case RETURN_QUIT:
7502 throw_exception (e);
7503 case RETURN_ERROR:
7504 switch (e.error)
7505 {
7506 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7507
7508 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7509 error. */
7510
7511 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7512 throw_exception (e);
7513
7514 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7515
7516 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7517 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7518 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7519 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
7520 return 0;
7521
7522 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7523 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7524 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7525 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7526 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7527 addr_string = &copy_arg;
7528 sals.nelts = 1;
7529 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7530 pending_sal.pc = 0;
7531 pending = 1;
7532 break;
7533 default:
7534 throw_exception (e);
7535 }
7536 default:
7537 if (!sals.nelts)
7538 return 0;
7539 }
7540
7541 done:
7542
7543 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7544 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7545
7546 if (!pending)
7547 {
7548 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7549 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7550
7551 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7552 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7553 }
7554
7555 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7556 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7557 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7558 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7559 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7560
7561 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7562 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7563 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7564 {
7565 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
7566 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
7567 }
7568
7569 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7570 are ok for the target. */
7571 if (!pending)
7572 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
7573
7574 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7575 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7576 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7577
7578 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7579 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7580 breakpoint. */
7581 if (!pending)
7582 {
7583 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7584 {
7585 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7586 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7587 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7588 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7589 cond_string = NULL;
7590 thread = -1;
7591 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7592 &thread, &task);
7593 if (cond_string)
7594 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7595 }
7596 else
7597 {
7598 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7599 if (cond_string)
7600 {
7601 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7602 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7603 }
7604 }
7605
7606 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7607 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7608 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7609 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7610 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7611 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7612 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7613 && is_marker_spec (addr_string[0]))
7614 {
7615 int i;
7616
7617 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7618 {
7619 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7620 struct breakpoint *tp;
7621 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7622
7623 expanded.nelts = 1;
7624 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7625 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
7626 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
7627
7628 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i],
7629 cond_string, type_wanted,
7630 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7631 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7632 from_tty, enabled);
7633
7634 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7635
7636 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
7637 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
7638 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
7639
7640 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7641 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7642 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7643 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7644 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7645 corresponds to this one */
7646 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7647 }
7648 }
7649 else
7650 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, addr_string, cond_string,
7651 type_wanted, tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7652 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7653 enabled);
7654 }
7655 else
7656 {
7657 struct breakpoint *b;
7658
7659 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7660
7661 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
7662 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
7663 b->number = breakpoint_count;
7664 b->thread = -1;
7665 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
7666 b->cond_string = NULL;
7667 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7668 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7669 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7670 b->ops = ops;
7671 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7672 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7673
7674 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7675 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7676 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7677 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7678
7679 mention (b);
7680 }
7681
7682 if (sals.nelts > 1)
7683 {
7684 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7685 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7686 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7687 }
7688
7689 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7690 breakpoint. */
7691 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7692 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7693 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7694
7695 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7696 update_global_location_list (1);
7697
7698 return 1;
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Set a breakpoint.
7702 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7703 condition, and thread.
7704 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7705 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7706 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7707
7708 static void
7709 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7710 {
7711 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7712 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7713 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7714 : bp_breakpoint);
7715
7716 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7717 arg,
7718 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7719 tempflag, type_wanted,
7720 0 /* Ignore count */,
7721 pending_break_support,
7722 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
7723 from_tty,
7724 1 /* enabled */);
7725 }
7726
7727
7728 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7729
7730 void
7731 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7732 {
7733 CORE_ADDR pc;
7734
7735 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7736 {
7737 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7738 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7739 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7740 sal->pc = pc;
7741
7742 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7743 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7744 if (sal->explicit_line)
7745 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7746 }
7747
7748 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7749 {
7750 struct blockvector *bv;
7751 struct block *b;
7752 struct symbol *sym;
7753
7754 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7755 if (bv != NULL)
7756 {
7757 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7758 if (sym != NULL)
7759 {
7760 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7761 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7762 }
7763 else
7764 {
7765 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7766 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7767 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7768 source). */
7769
7770 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
7771 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7772
7773 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
7774
7775 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
7776 if (msym)
7777 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
7778
7779 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7780 }
7781 }
7782 }
7783 }
7784
7785 void
7786 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7787 {
7788 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7789 }
7790
7791 void
7792 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7793 {
7794 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
7795 }
7796
7797 static void
7798 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7799 {
7800 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
7801 }
7802
7803 static void
7804 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7805 {
7806 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
7807 }
7808
7809 static void
7810 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7811 {
7812 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7813 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7814 stop at <line>\n"));
7815 }
7816
7817 static void
7818 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7819 {
7820 int badInput = 0;
7821
7822 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
7823 badInput = 1;
7824 else if (*arg != '*')
7825 {
7826 char *argptr = arg;
7827 int hasColon = 0;
7828
7829 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7830 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7831 function/method name */
7832 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
7833 {
7834 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
7835 argptr++;
7836 }
7837
7838 if (hasColon)
7839 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7840 else
7841 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
7842 }
7843
7844 if (badInput)
7845 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7846 else
7847 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7848 }
7849
7850 static void
7851 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7852 {
7853 int badInput = 0;
7854
7855 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
7856 badInput = 1;
7857 else
7858 {
7859 char *argptr = arg;
7860 int hasColon = 0;
7861
7862 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7863 it is probably a line number. */
7864 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
7865 {
7866 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
7867 argptr++;
7868 }
7869
7870 if (hasColon)
7871 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
7872 else
7873 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
7874 }
7875
7876 if (badInput)
7877 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7878 else
7879 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7880 }
7881
7882 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero means EXP is
7883 variable. Also the constant detection may fail for some constant
7884 expressions and in such case still falsely return zero. */
7885 static int
7886 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
7887 {
7888 int i = exp->nelts;
7889
7890 while (i > 0)
7891 {
7892 int oplenp, argsp;
7893
7894 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
7895 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
7896 i -= oplenp;
7897
7898 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
7899 {
7900 case BINOP_ADD:
7901 case BINOP_SUB:
7902 case BINOP_MUL:
7903 case BINOP_DIV:
7904 case BINOP_REM:
7905 case BINOP_MOD:
7906 case BINOP_LSH:
7907 case BINOP_RSH:
7908 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
7909 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
7910 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
7911 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
7912 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
7913 case BINOP_EQUAL:
7914 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
7915 case BINOP_LESS:
7916 case BINOP_GTR:
7917 case BINOP_LEQ:
7918 case BINOP_GEQ:
7919 case BINOP_REPEAT:
7920 case BINOP_COMMA:
7921 case BINOP_EXP:
7922 case BINOP_MIN:
7923 case BINOP_MAX:
7924 case BINOP_INTDIV:
7925 case BINOP_CONCAT:
7926 case BINOP_IN:
7927 case BINOP_RANGE:
7928 case TERNOP_COND:
7929 case TERNOP_SLICE:
7930 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
7931
7932 case OP_LONG:
7933 case OP_DOUBLE:
7934 case OP_DECFLOAT:
7935 case OP_LAST:
7936 case OP_COMPLEX:
7937 case OP_STRING:
7938 case OP_BITSTRING:
7939 case OP_ARRAY:
7940 case OP_TYPE:
7941 case OP_NAME:
7942 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
7943
7944 case UNOP_NEG:
7945 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
7946 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
7947 case UNOP_ADDR:
7948 case UNOP_HIGH:
7949 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check their
7950 operands. If they are constant, then so is the result of
7951 that operation. For instance, if A and B are determined to be
7952 constants, then so is "A + B".
7953
7954 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the value
7955 of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when ADDR is. */
7956 break;
7957
7958 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
7959 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
7960 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
7961 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as constant
7962 even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return true in this
7963 case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
7964 We also have to check for function symbols because they are
7965 always constant. */
7966 {
7967 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
7968
7969 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
7970 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
7971 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
7972 return 0;
7973 break;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
7977 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
7978 then it is not a constant. */
7979 default:
7980 return 0;
7981 }
7982 }
7983
7984 return 1;
7985 }
7986
7987 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7988 hw_read: watch read,
7989 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7990 static void
7991 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty, int just_location)
7992 {
7993 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
7994 struct expression *exp;
7995 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
7996 struct value *val, *mark;
7997 struct frame_info *frame;
7998 char *exp_start = NULL;
7999 char *exp_end = NULL;
8000 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
8001 int toklen;
8002 char *cond_start = NULL;
8003 char *cond_end = NULL;
8004 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
8005 enum bptype bp_type;
8006 int mem_cnt = 0;
8007 int thread = -1;
8008 int pc = 0;
8009
8010 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
8011 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
8012 {
8013 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
8014
8015 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
8016 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
8017
8018 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
8019 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
8020 be the thread identifier. */
8021 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
8022 tok--;
8023 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
8024 tok--;
8025
8026 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
8027 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
8028
8029 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
8030 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
8031 reach a "thread" token. */
8032 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
8033 tok--;
8034
8035 end_tok = tok;
8036
8037 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
8038 tok--;
8039
8040 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
8041 calculate the length of the token. */
8042 tok++;
8043 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8044
8045 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8046 {
8047 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
8048 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
8049 only in a specific thread. */
8050 char *endp;
8051
8052 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
8053 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
8054
8055 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
8056 thread ID. */
8057 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
8058 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
8059
8060 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
8061 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
8062 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
8063
8064 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
8065 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
8066 evaluate_expression() function. */
8067 *tok = '\0';
8068 }
8069 }
8070
8071 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
8072 innermost_block = NULL;
8073 exp_start = arg;
8074 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
8075 exp_end = arg;
8076 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
8077 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
8078 prettier. */
8079 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
8080 --exp_end;
8081
8082 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
8083 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
8084 {
8085 int len;
8086
8087 len = exp_end - exp_start;
8088 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
8089 len--;
8090 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
8091 }
8092
8093 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
8094 mark = value_mark ();
8095 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, NULL, NULL);
8096
8097 if (just_location)
8098 {
8099 exp_valid_block = NULL;
8100 val = value_addr (val);
8101 release_value (val);
8102 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8103 }
8104 else if (val != NULL)
8105 release_value (val);
8106
8107 tok = arg;
8108 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
8109 tok++;
8110 end_tok = tok;
8111
8112 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
8113 end_tok++;
8114
8115 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8116 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8117 {
8118 struct expression *cond;
8119
8120 innermost_block = NULL;
8121 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8122 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
8123
8124 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
8125 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
8126 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
8127
8128 xfree (cond);
8129 cond_end = tok;
8130 }
8131 if (*tok)
8132 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
8133
8134 if (accessflag == hw_read)
8135 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
8136 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
8137 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
8138 else
8139 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8140
8141 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
8142 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8143 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
8144 if (mem_cnt != 0)
8145 {
8146 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
8147 target_resources_ok =
8148 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
8149 other_type_used);
8150 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8151 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
8152
8153 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8154 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
8155 }
8156
8157 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
8158 watchpoint could not be set. */
8159 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
8160 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
8161
8162 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
8163
8164 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
8165 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
8166 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
8167 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
8168 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
8169 {
8170 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8171 {
8172 scope_breakpoint
8173 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8174 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
8175 bp_watchpoint_scope);
8176
8177 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8178
8179 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
8180 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
8181
8182 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
8183 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
8184
8185 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
8186 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
8187 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
8188 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
8189 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8190 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
8191 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
8192 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
8193 scope_breakpoint->type);
8194 }
8195 }
8196
8197 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8198 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
8199 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8200 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8201 b->thread = thread;
8202 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8203 b->exp = exp;
8204 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
8205 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
8206 if (just_location)
8207 {
8208 struct type *t = value_type (val);
8209 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
8210 char *name;
8211
8212 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
8213 name = type_to_string (t);
8214
8215 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
8216 core_addr_to_string (addr));
8217 xfree (name);
8218
8219 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location: %.*s",
8220 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
8221
8222 /* The above expression is in C. */
8223 b->language = language_c;
8224 }
8225 else
8226 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
8227 b->val = val;
8228 b->val_valid = 1;
8229 if (cond_start)
8230 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
8231 else
8232 b->cond_string = 0;
8233
8234 if (frame)
8235 {
8236 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
8237 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
8238 }
8239 else
8240 {
8241 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
8242 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
8243 }
8244
8245 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
8246 {
8247 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
8248 need to act on them together. */
8249 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
8250 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
8251 }
8252
8253 if (!just_location)
8254 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8255
8256 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
8257 that should be inserted. */
8258 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
8259
8260 mention (b);
8261 update_global_location_list (1);
8262 }
8263
8264 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
8265 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
8266 in hardware return zero. */
8267
8268 static int
8269 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
8270 {
8271 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
8272 struct value *head = v;
8273
8274 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
8275 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
8276 return 0;
8277
8278 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
8279 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
8280 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
8281 hardware watchpoint.
8282
8283 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
8284 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
8285 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
8286 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
8287 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
8288 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
8289 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
8290 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
8291 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
8292
8293 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
8294 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
8295 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
8296 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
8297 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
8298 {
8299 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
8300 {
8301 if (value_lazy (v))
8302 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
8303 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
8304 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
8305 ;
8306 else
8307 {
8308 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
8309 it with hardware watchpoints. */
8310 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
8311
8312 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
8313 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
8314 middle of some value chain. */
8315 if (v == head
8316 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8317 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
8318 {
8319 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
8320 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
8321
8322 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len))
8323 return 0;
8324 else
8325 found_memory_cnt++;
8326 }
8327 }
8328 }
8329 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
8330 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
8331 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
8332 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
8333 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
8334 }
8335
8336 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
8337 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
8338 return found_memory_cnt;
8339 }
8340
8341 void
8342 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8343 {
8344 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0);
8345 }
8346
8347 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
8348 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
8349 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
8350 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
8351
8352 static int
8353 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
8354 {
8355 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
8356 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
8357 {
8358 *str += arg_len;
8359 return 1;
8360 }
8361 return 0;
8362 }
8363
8364 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
8365 calls watch_command_1. */
8366
8367 static void
8368 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
8369 {
8370 int just_location = 0;
8371
8372 if (arg
8373 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
8374 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
8375 {
8376 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8377 just_location = 1;
8378 }
8379
8380 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location);
8381 }
8382
8383 static void
8384 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8385 {
8386 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
8387 }
8388
8389 void
8390 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8391 {
8392 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0);
8393 }
8394
8395 static void
8396 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8397 {
8398 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
8399 }
8400
8401 void
8402 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8403 {
8404 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0);
8405 }
8406
8407 static void
8408 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8409 {
8410 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
8411 }
8412 \f
8413
8414 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
8415 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
8416
8417 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
8418 {
8419 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8420 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
8421 };
8422
8423 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8424 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8425 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8426 command. */
8427 static void
8428 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
8429 {
8430 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
8431
8432 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
8433 if (a->breakpoint2)
8434 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
8435 }
8436
8437 void
8438 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
8439 {
8440 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8441 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8442 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
8443 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8444 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
8445 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8446
8447 clear_proceed_status ();
8448
8449 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8450 this function */
8451
8452 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8453 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
8454 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8455 else
8456 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
8457 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8458
8459 if (sals.nelts != 1)
8460 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8461
8462 sal = sals.sals[0];
8463 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
8464
8465 if (*arg)
8466 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8467
8468 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
8469
8470 if (anywhere)
8471 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8472 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8473 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8474 null_frame_id, bp_until);
8475 else
8476 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
8477 at the very same frame. */
8478 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8479 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
8480 bp_until);
8481
8482 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
8483
8484 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8485 one. */
8486
8487 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8488 {
8489 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
8490 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8491 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8492 sal,
8493 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
8494 bp_until);
8495 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
8496 }
8497
8498 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
8499
8500 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
8501 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
8502 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
8503 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8504
8505 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
8506 {
8507 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
8508 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
8509
8510 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
8511 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
8512
8513 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8514 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8515 until_break_command_continuation, args,
8516 xfree);
8517 }
8518 else
8519 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8520 }
8521
8522 static void
8523 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
8524 {
8525 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
8526 return;
8527 while (isspace (**s))
8528 *s += 1;
8529 }
8530
8531 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8532 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8533
8534 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8535 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8536 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8537 if clause in the arg string. */
8538
8539 static char *
8540 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
8541 {
8542 char *cond_string;
8543
8544 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
8545 return NULL;
8546
8547 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8548 (*arg) += 2;
8549
8550 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8551 condition string. */
8552 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
8553 cond_string = *arg;
8554
8555 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
8556 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
8557
8558 return cond_string;
8559 }
8560
8561 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8562 process start/exit, etc. */
8563
8564 typedef enum
8565 {
8566 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
8567 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
8568 }
8569 catch_fork_kind;
8570
8571 static void
8572 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8573 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8574 {
8575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8576 char *cond_string = NULL;
8577 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
8578 int tempflag;
8579
8580 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
8581 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
8582 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
8583
8584 if (!arg)
8585 arg = "";
8586 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8587
8588 /* The allowed syntax is:
8589 catch [v]fork
8590 catch [v]fork if <cond>
8591
8592 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8593 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8594
8595 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8596 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8597
8598 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
8599 and enable reporting of such events. */
8600 switch (fork_kind)
8601 {
8602 case catch_fork_temporary:
8603 case catch_fork_permanent:
8604 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8605 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
8606 break;
8607 case catch_vfork_temporary:
8608 case catch_vfork_permanent:
8609 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8610 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
8611 break;
8612 default:
8613 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
8614 break;
8615 }
8616 }
8617
8618 static void
8619 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8620 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8621 {
8622 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8623 int tempflag;
8624 char *cond_string = NULL;
8625
8626 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8627
8628 if (!arg)
8629 arg = "";
8630 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8631
8632 /* The allowed syntax is:
8633 catch exec
8634 catch exec if <cond>
8635
8636 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8637 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8638
8639 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8640 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8641
8642 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
8643 and enable reporting of such events. */
8644 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8645 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
8646 }
8647
8648 static enum print_stop_action
8649 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8650 {
8651 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
8652
8653 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8654
8655 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8656 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
8657 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
8658 b->loc->address,
8659 b->number, 1);
8660 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8661 ui_out_text (uiout,
8662 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
8663 : "Catchpoint ");
8664 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8665 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8666 ui_out_text (uiout,
8667 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
8668 : " (exception caught), ");
8669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8670 {
8671 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8674 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8675 }
8676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8677 }
8678
8679 static void
8680 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8681 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8682 {
8683 struct value_print_options opts;
8684
8685 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8686 if (opts.addressprint)
8687 {
8688 annotate_field (4);
8689 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
8690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
8691 else
8692 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
8693 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
8694 }
8695 annotate_field (5);
8696 if (b->loc)
8697 *last_loc = b->loc;
8698 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
8699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
8700 else
8701 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
8702 }
8703
8704 static void
8705 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8706 {
8707 int bp_temp;
8708 int bp_throw;
8709
8710 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8711 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8712 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
8713 : _("Catchpoint "));
8714 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8715 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
8716 : _(" (catch)"));
8717 }
8718
8719 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
8720 catch catchpoints. */
8721
8722 static void
8723 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8724 {
8725 int bp_temp;
8726 int bp_throw;
8727
8728 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8729 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
8731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
8732 }
8733
8734 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
8735 NULL, /* insert */
8736 NULL, /* remove */
8737 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8738 print_exception_catchpoint,
8739 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
8740 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
8741 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
8742 };
8743
8744 static int
8745 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8746 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
8747 {
8748 char *trigger_func_name;
8749
8750 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
8751 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
8752 else
8753 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
8754
8755 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8756 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
8757 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
8758 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
8759 0,
8760 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
8761 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
8762 1 /* enabled */);
8763
8764 return 1;
8765 }
8766
8767 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
8768
8769 static void
8770 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
8771 int tempflag, int from_tty)
8772 {
8773 char *cond_string = NULL;
8774
8775 if (!arg)
8776 arg = "";
8777 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8778
8779 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8780
8781 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8782 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8783
8784 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
8785 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
8786 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
8787
8788 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
8789 return;
8790
8791 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
8792 }
8793
8794 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
8795
8796 static void
8797 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8798 {
8799 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8800
8801 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
8802 }
8803
8804 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
8805
8806 static void
8807 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8808 {
8809 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8810
8811 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
8812 }
8813
8814 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8815
8816 static void
8817 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8818 struct symtab_and_line sal,
8819 char *addr_string,
8820 char *exp_string,
8821 char *cond_string,
8822 struct expression *cond,
8823 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8824 int tempflag,
8825 int from_tty)
8826 {
8827 struct breakpoint *b;
8828
8829 if (from_tty)
8830 {
8831 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8832 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8833 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8834
8835 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8836 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
8837 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8838 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8839 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8840 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8841 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8842 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8843 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8844 enough for now, though. */
8845 }
8846
8847 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
8848 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8849
8850 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8851 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8852 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8853 b->ignore_count = 0;
8854 b->loc->cond = cond;
8855 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8856 b->language = language_ada;
8857 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8858 b->exp_string = exp_string;
8859 b->thread = -1;
8860 b->ops = ops;
8861
8862 mention (b);
8863 update_global_location_list (1);
8864 }
8865
8866 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8867
8868 static void
8869 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
8870 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8871 {
8872 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8873 int tempflag;
8874 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8875 char *addr_string = NULL;
8876 char *exp_string = NULL;
8877 char *cond_string = NULL;
8878 struct expression *cond = NULL;
8879 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
8880
8881 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8882
8883 if (!arg)
8884 arg = "";
8885 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
8886 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
8887 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
8888 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
8889 from_tty);
8890 }
8891
8892 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8893 static void
8894 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
8895 {
8896 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
8897 VEC_free (int, iter);
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8901 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8902 static VEC(int) *
8903 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
8904 {
8905 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
8906 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
8907
8908 while (*arg != '\0')
8909 {
8910 int i, syscall_number;
8911 char *endptr;
8912 char cur_name[128];
8913 struct syscall s;
8914
8915 /* Skip whitespace. */
8916 while (isspace (*arg))
8917 arg++;
8918
8919 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
8920 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
8921 cur_name[i] = '\0';
8922 arg += i;
8923
8924 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8925 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
8926 if (*endptr == '\0')
8927 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
8928 else
8929 {
8930 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8931 to a number. */
8932 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
8933
8934 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
8935 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8936 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8937 be caught. */
8938 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
8939 }
8940
8941 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8942 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
8943 }
8944
8945 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8946 return result;
8947 }
8948
8949 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8950
8951 static void
8952 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8953 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8954 {
8955 int tempflag;
8956 VEC(int) *filter;
8957 struct syscall s;
8958 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8959
8960 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8961 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
8962 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8963 this architeture yet."));
8964
8965 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8966
8967 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8968
8969 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8970 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8971 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8972 for his/her architecture. */
8973 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
8974
8975 /* The allowed syntax is:
8976 catch syscall
8977 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8978
8979 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8980
8981 if (arg != NULL)
8982 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
8983 else
8984 filter = NULL;
8985
8986 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
8987 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8988 }
8989
8990 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8991
8992 static void
8993 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8994 {
8995 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8996 int tempflag;
8997 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8998 char *addr_string = NULL;
8999 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
9000
9001 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9002
9003 if (!arg)
9004 arg = "";
9005 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
9006 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
9007 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
9008 }
9009
9010 static void
9011 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9012 {
9013 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9014 }
9015 \f
9016
9017 static void
9018 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9019 {
9020 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9021 }
9022
9023 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
9024
9025 static void
9026 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9027 {
9028 struct breakpoint *b;
9029 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
9030 int ix;
9031 int default_match;
9032 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9033 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9034 int i;
9035
9036 if (arg)
9037 {
9038 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
9039 default_match = 0;
9040 }
9041 else
9042 {
9043 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9044 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9045 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
9046 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
9047 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
9048 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
9049 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
9050 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
9051 if (sal.symtab == 0)
9052 error (_("No source file specified."));
9053
9054 sals.sals[0] = sal;
9055 sals.nelts = 1;
9056
9057 default_match = 1;
9058 }
9059
9060 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
9061 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
9062 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
9063 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
9064 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
9065
9066 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
9067 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
9068 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
9069 due to optimization, all in one block.
9070 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
9071 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
9072 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
9073 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
9074 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
9075 to support that. */
9076
9077 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
9078 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
9079 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
9080 one breakpoint. */
9081
9082 found = NULL;
9083 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9084 {
9085 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
9086 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
9087 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
9088 or at default pc.
9089
9090 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
9091
9092 0 1 pc
9093 1 1 pc _and_ line
9094 0 0 line
9095 1 0 <can't happen> */
9096
9097 sal = sals.sals[i];
9098
9099 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
9100 'found'. */
9101 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9102 {
9103 int match = 0;
9104 /* Are we going to delete b? */
9105 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
9106 {
9107 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
9108 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
9109 {
9110 int pc_match = sal.pc
9111 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
9112 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
9113 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
9114 || loc->section == sal.section);
9115 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
9116 && b->source_file != NULL
9117 && sal.symtab != NULL
9118 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
9119 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
9120 && b->line_number == sal.line);
9121 if (pc_match || line_match)
9122 {
9123 match = 1;
9124 break;
9125 }
9126 }
9127 }
9128
9129 if (match)
9130 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
9131 }
9132 }
9133 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
9134 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
9135 {
9136 if (arg)
9137 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
9138 else
9139 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
9140 }
9141
9142 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
9143 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
9144 if (from_tty)
9145 {
9146 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
9147 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
9148 else
9149 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
9150 }
9151 breakpoints_changed ();
9152
9153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
9154 {
9155 if (from_tty)
9156 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
9157 delete_breakpoint (b);
9158 }
9159 if (from_tty)
9160 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
9161 }
9162 \f
9163 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
9164 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
9165 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
9166
9167 void
9168 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
9169 {
9170 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
9171
9172 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
9173 if (bs->breakpoint_at
9174 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
9175 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
9176 && bs->stop)
9177 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
9178
9179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
9180 {
9181 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
9182 delete_breakpoint (b);
9183 }
9184 }
9185
9186 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
9187 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
9188 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
9189 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
9190 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
9191
9192 static int
9193 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
9194 {
9195 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
9196 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
9197 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
9198 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
9199 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
9200
9201 if (a->address != b->address)
9202 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
9203
9204 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
9205 if (a_perm != b_perm)
9206 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
9207
9208 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
9209 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
9210
9211 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
9212 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
9213 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
9214
9215 return (a > b) - (a < b);
9216 }
9217
9218 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
9219 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
9220 the bp_location array. */
9221
9222 static void
9223 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
9224 {
9225 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
9226
9227 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
9228 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
9229
9230 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
9231 {
9232 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
9233
9234 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
9235 continue;
9236
9237 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
9238 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
9239
9240 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
9241 addr = bl->address - start;
9242 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
9243 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
9244
9245 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
9246
9247 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
9248 addr = end - bl->address;
9249 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
9250 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
9251 }
9252 }
9253
9254 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
9255 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
9256 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
9257 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
9258 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
9259 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
9260 returns true on them.
9261
9262 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
9263 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
9264 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
9265 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
9266 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
9267 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
9268
9269 static void
9270 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
9271 {
9272 struct breakpoint *b;
9273 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
9274 struct cleanup *cleanups;
9275
9276 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
9277 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
9278 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
9279 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
9280 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
9281 once. */
9282 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
9283 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
9284 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
9285 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
9286
9287 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
9288 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
9289 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
9290 unsigned old_location_count;
9291
9292 old_location = bp_location;
9293 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
9294 bp_location = NULL;
9295 bp_location_count = 0;
9296 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
9297
9298 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9299 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9300 bp_location_count++;
9301
9302 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
9303 locp = bp_location;
9304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9305 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9306 *locp++ = loc;
9307 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
9308 bp_location_compare);
9309
9310 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
9311
9312 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
9313 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
9314 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
9315 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
9316 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
9317
9318 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
9319 former bp_location array state respectively. */
9320
9321 locp = bp_location;
9322 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
9323 old_locp++)
9324 {
9325 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
9326 struct bp_location **loc2p;
9327
9328 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
9329 have to free it. */
9330 int found_object = 0;
9331 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
9332 int keep_in_target = 0;
9333 int removed = 0;
9334
9335 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
9336 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
9337 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
9338 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
9339 locp++;
9340
9341 for (loc2p = locp;
9342 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9343 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9344 loc2p++)
9345 {
9346 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
9347 {
9348 found_object = 1;
9349 break;
9350 }
9351 }
9352
9353 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
9354 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
9355 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
9356 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
9357 inserted. */
9358
9359 if (old_loc->inserted)
9360 {
9361 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
9362
9363 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
9364 {
9365 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
9366 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
9367 keep_in_target = 1;
9368 }
9369 else
9370 {
9371 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
9372 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
9373 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
9374
9375 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
9376 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
9377 {
9378 for (loc2p = locp;
9379 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9380 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9381 loc2p++)
9382 {
9383 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
9384
9385 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
9386 {
9387 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
9388 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
9389 loc2->duplicate = 0;
9390
9391 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
9392 access watchpoints, if the former are not
9393 supported, but the latter are. */
9394 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9395 {
9396 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
9397 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
9398 }
9399
9400 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
9401 {
9402 loc2->inserted = 1;
9403 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
9404 keep_in_target = 1;
9405 break;
9406 }
9407 }
9408 }
9409 }
9410 }
9411
9412 if (!keep_in_target)
9413 {
9414 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
9415 {
9416 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
9417 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
9418 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
9419 succeed next time.
9420
9421 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
9422 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
9423 after calling us. */
9424 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
9425 old_loc->owner->number);
9426 }
9427 removed = 1;
9428 }
9429 }
9430
9431 if (!found_object)
9432 {
9433 if (removed && non_stop
9434 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
9435 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9436 {
9437 /* This location was removed from the target. In
9438 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
9439 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
9440 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
9441 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9442 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9443 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9444 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9445 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9446 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9447 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9448 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9449 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9450 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9451 SIGTRAP.
9452
9453 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9454 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9455
9456 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9457 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9458 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9459 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9460 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9461 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9462 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9463 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9464 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9465 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9466 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9467 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9468 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9469 thread_count.
9470
9471 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9472 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9473 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9474 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9475
9476 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9477 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9478 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9479 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9480 traps we can no longer explain. */
9481
9482 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9483 old_loc->owner = NULL;
9484
9485 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
9486 }
9487 else
9488 free_bp_location (old_loc);
9489 }
9490 }
9491
9492 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9493 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9494 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9495 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9496 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9497 are sorted first for the same address.
9498
9499 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9500 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9501
9502 bp_loc_first = NULL;
9503 wp_loc_first = NULL;
9504 awp_loc_first = NULL;
9505 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
9506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
9507 {
9508 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
9509 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
9510 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
9511
9512 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
9513 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
9514 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
9515 || !loc->enabled
9516 || loc->shlib_disabled
9517 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
9518 || is_tracepoint (b))
9519 continue;
9520
9521 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9522 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
9523 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9524 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9525 "actually inserted"));
9526
9527 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
9528 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
9529 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
9530 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
9531 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
9532 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
9533 else
9534 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
9535
9536 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
9537 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
9538 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
9539 {
9540 *loc_first_p = loc;
9541 loc->duplicate = 0;
9542 continue;
9543 }
9544
9545 loc->duplicate = 1;
9546
9547 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
9548 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
9549 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9550 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9551 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9552 }
9553
9554 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9555 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9556 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
9557 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9558
9559 do_cleanups (cleanups);
9560 }
9561
9562 void
9563 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9564 {
9565 struct bp_location *loc;
9566 int ix;
9567
9568 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
9569 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
9570 {
9571 free_bp_location (loc);
9572 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
9573 --ix;
9574 }
9575 }
9576
9577 static void
9578 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
9579 {
9580 struct gdb_exception e;
9581
9582 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9583 update_global_location_list (inserting);
9584 }
9585
9586 /* Clear LOC from a BPS. */
9587 static void
9588 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct bp_location *loc)
9589 {
9590 bpstat bs;
9591
9592 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
9593 if (bs->breakpoint_at == loc)
9594 {
9595 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
9596 bs->old_val = NULL;
9597 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
9598 }
9599 }
9600
9601 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
9602 static int
9603 bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
9604 {
9605 struct bp_location *loc = data;
9606
9607 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->stop_bpstat, loc);
9608 return 0;
9609 }
9610
9611 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
9612 structures. */
9613
9614 void
9615 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
9616 {
9617 struct breakpoint *b;
9618
9619 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
9620
9621 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
9622 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
9623
9624 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
9625 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
9626 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
9627 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
9628 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
9629
9630 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
9631 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
9632 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
9633 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
9634 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
9635 return;
9636
9637 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
9638 breakpoints gets resolved. */
9639 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != NULL)
9640 {
9641 gdb_assert (bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == bpt);
9642 bpt->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
9643 bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
9644 bpt->related_breakpoint = NULL;
9645 }
9646
9647 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
9648
9649 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
9650 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
9651
9652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9653 if (b->next == bpt)
9654 {
9655 b->next = bpt->next;
9656 break;
9657 }
9658
9659 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
9660 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
9661 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
9662 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
9663 xfree (bpt->exp);
9664 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
9665 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
9666 value_free (bpt->val);
9667 xfree (bpt->source_file);
9668 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
9669 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
9670
9671 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
9672 list, update the global location list. This
9673 will remove locations that used to belong to
9674 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
9675 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
9676 looks at location's owner. It might be better
9677 design to have location completely self-contained,
9678 but it's not the case now. */
9679 update_global_location_list (0);
9680
9681
9682 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
9683 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
9684 bpt->type = bp_none;
9685
9686 xfree (bpt);
9687 }
9688
9689 static void
9690 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
9691 {
9692 delete_breakpoint (b);
9693 }
9694
9695 struct cleanup *
9696 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9697 {
9698 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
9699 }
9700
9701 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9702 delete_breakpoint. */
9703
9704 static void
9705 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
9706 {
9707 delete_breakpoint (b);
9708 }
9709
9710 void
9711 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9712 {
9713 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
9714
9715 dont_repeat ();
9716
9717 if (arg == 0)
9718 {
9719 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
9720
9721 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9722 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9723 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9725 {
9726 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
9727 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
9728 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
9729 && b->type != bp_jit_event
9730 && b->type != bp_thread_event
9731 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
9732 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
9733 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
9734 && b->number >= 0)
9735 {
9736 breaks_to_delete = 1;
9737 break;
9738 }
9739 }
9740
9741 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9742 if (!from_tty
9743 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
9744 {
9745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
9746 {
9747 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
9748 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
9749 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
9750 && b->type != bp_thread_event
9751 && b->type != bp_jit_event
9752 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
9753 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
9754 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
9755 && b->number >= 0)
9756 delete_breakpoint (b);
9757 }
9758 }
9759 }
9760 else
9761 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
9762 }
9763
9764 static int
9765 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
9766 {
9767 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
9768 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
9769 return 0;
9770 return 1;
9771 }
9772
9773 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
9774 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
9775 Null names are ignored. */
9776
9777 static int
9778 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
9779 {
9780 struct bp_location *l;
9781 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
9782 (int (*) (const void *,
9783 const void *)) streq,
9784 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
9785
9786 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9787 {
9788 const char **slot;
9789 const char *name = l->function_name;
9790
9791 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
9792 if (name == NULL)
9793 continue;
9794
9795 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
9796 INSERT);
9797 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9798 NULL. */
9799 if (*slot != NULL)
9800 {
9801 htab_delete (htab);
9802 return 1;
9803 }
9804 *slot = name;
9805 }
9806
9807 htab_delete (htab);
9808 return 0;
9809 }
9810
9811 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
9812 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
9813 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
9814 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
9815 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
9816 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
9817 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
9818 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
9819 The heuristic is:
9820
9821 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
9822 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
9823 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
9824 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
9825 in the sources, and output a warning.
9826
9827 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
9828 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
9829 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
9830 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
9831 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
9832 warning.
9833
9834 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
9835 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
9836 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
9837 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
9838 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
9839 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
9840 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
9841 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
9842 precisely because it confuses tools). */
9843
9844 static struct symtab_and_line
9845 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
9846 {
9847 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9848 CORE_ADDR pc;
9849 int i;
9850
9851 pc = sal.pc;
9852 if (sal.line)
9853 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
9854
9855 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
9856 {
9857 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
9858 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
9859 b->number,
9860 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
9861
9862 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
9863 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9864 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9865
9866 return sal;
9867 }
9868
9869 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
9870 by string ID. */
9871 if (!sal.explicit_pc
9872 && sal.line != 0
9873 && sal.symtab != NULL
9874 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
9875 {
9876 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
9877
9878 markers
9879 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
9880
9881 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9882 {
9883 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9884 struct symbol *sym;
9885 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9886
9887 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
9888
9889 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
9890 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
9891
9892 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
9893 "found at previous line number"),
9894 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
9895
9896 init_sal (&sal);
9897
9898 sal.pc = marker->address;
9899
9900 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9901 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
9902 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
9903 if (sym)
9904 {
9905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
9906 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
9907 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
9908 }
9909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
9910 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
9911
9912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9913 {
9914 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
9915
9916 if (fullname)
9917 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
9918 }
9919
9920 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
9921 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9922
9923 b->line_number = sal.line;
9924
9925 xfree (b->source_file);
9926 if (sym)
9927 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
9928 else
9929 b->source_file = NULL;
9930
9931 xfree (b->addr_string);
9932 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
9933 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
9934
9935 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
9936 so. */
9937
9938 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9939 }
9940 }
9941 return sal;
9942 }
9943
9944 static void
9945 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
9946 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
9947 {
9948 int i;
9949 char *s;
9950 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
9951
9952 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9953 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9954 the common case where all locations are in the same
9955 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9956 retain the location, so that when the library
9957 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9958 status of the individual locations. */
9959 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
9960 return;
9961
9962 b->loc = NULL;
9963
9964 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9965 {
9966 struct bp_location *new_loc =
9967 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
9968
9969 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9970 old symtab. */
9971 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
9972 {
9973 struct gdb_exception e;
9974
9975 s = b->cond_string;
9976 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9977 {
9978 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
9979 0);
9980 }
9981 if (e.reason < 0)
9982 {
9983 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9984 b->number, e.message);
9985 new_loc->enabled = 0;
9986 }
9987 }
9988
9989 if (b->source_file != NULL)
9990 xfree (b->source_file);
9991 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
9992 b->source_file = NULL;
9993 else
9994 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
9995
9996 if (b->line_number == 0)
9997 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
9998 }
9999
10000 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
10001 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
10002 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
10003
10004 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
10005 {
10006 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
10007 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
10008 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
10009 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
10010 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
10011 often enough until a better solution is found. */
10012 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
10013
10014 for (; e; e = e->next)
10015 {
10016 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
10017 {
10018 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
10019 if (have_ambiguous_names)
10020 {
10021 for (; l; l = l->next)
10022 if (breakpoint_address_match (e->pspace->aspace, e->address,
10023 l->pspace->aspace, l->address))
10024 {
10025 l->enabled = 0;
10026 break;
10027 }
10028 }
10029 else
10030 {
10031 for (; l; l = l->next)
10032 if (l->function_name
10033 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
10034 {
10035 l->enabled = 0;
10036 break;
10037 }
10038 }
10039 }
10040 }
10041 }
10042
10043 update_global_location_list (1);
10044 }
10045
10046 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
10047 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
10048 Unused in this case. */
10049
10050 static int
10051 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
10052 {
10053 /* get past catch_errs */
10054 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
10055 int not_found = 0;
10056 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
10057 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
10058 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
10059 char *s;
10060 struct gdb_exception e;
10061 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10062 int marker_spec = 0;
10063
10064 switch (b->type)
10065 {
10066 case bp_none:
10067 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10068 b->number);
10069 return 0;
10070 case bp_breakpoint:
10071 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10072 case bp_tracepoint:
10073 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10074 case bp_static_tracepoint:
10075 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
10076 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
10077 return 0;
10078
10079 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10080 {
10081 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10082 delete_breakpoint (b);
10083 return 0;
10084 }
10085
10086 input_radix = b->input_radix;
10087 s = b->addr_string;
10088
10089 save_current_space_and_thread ();
10090 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
10091
10092 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
10093
10094 set_language (b->language);
10095 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10096 {
10097 if (marker_spec)
10098 {
10099 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
10100 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
10101 {
10102 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
10103 sals.nelts = 1;
10104 }
10105 else
10106 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
10107 }
10108 else
10109 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
10110 not_found_ptr);
10111 }
10112 if (e.reason < 0)
10113 {
10114 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
10115 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
10116 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
10117 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
10118 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
10119 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
10120 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
10121 if (not_found
10122 && (b->condition_not_parsed
10123 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10124 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
10125 not_found_and_ok = 1;
10126
10127 if (!not_found_and_ok)
10128 {
10129 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
10130 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
10131 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
10132 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
10133 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
10134 which approach is better. */
10135 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
10136 throw_exception (e);
10137 }
10138 }
10139
10140 if (!not_found)
10141 {
10142 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
10143
10144 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
10145 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
10146 {
10147 char *cond_string = 0;
10148 int thread = -1;
10149 int task = 0;
10150
10151 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
10152 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
10153 if (cond_string)
10154 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10155 b->thread = thread;
10156 b->task = task;
10157 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
10158 }
10159
10160 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
10161 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
10162
10163 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
10164 }
10165
10166 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10167 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
10168 break;
10169
10170 case bp_watchpoint:
10171 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10172 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10173 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10174 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
10175 or it can be on local variables.
10176
10177 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
10178 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
10179 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
10180 and unloaded.
10181
10182 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10183 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
10184 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
10185 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
10186 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
10187 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10188
10189 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10190 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
10191 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10192 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10193
10194 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10195 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10196
10197 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
10198 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
10199 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
10200 break;
10201 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
10202 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
10203 loaded. */
10204 case bp_catchpoint:
10205 break;
10206
10207 default:
10208 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
10209 /* fall through */
10210 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
10211 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
10212 case bp_overlay_event:
10213 case bp_longjmp_master:
10214 case bp_std_terminate_master:
10215 delete_breakpoint (b);
10216 break;
10217
10218 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
10219 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
10220 case bp_shlib_event:
10221
10222 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
10223 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
10224 case bp_thread_event:
10225
10226 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
10227 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
10228 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
10229 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
10230 case bp_until:
10231 case bp_finish:
10232 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
10233 case bp_call_dummy:
10234 case bp_std_terminate:
10235 case bp_step_resume:
10236 case bp_longjmp:
10237 case bp_longjmp_resume:
10238 case bp_jit_event:
10239 break;
10240 }
10241
10242 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10243 return 0;
10244 }
10245
10246 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
10247 void
10248 breakpoint_re_set (void)
10249 {
10250 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
10251 enum language save_language;
10252 int save_input_radix;
10253 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10254
10255 save_language = current_language->la_language;
10256 save_input_radix = input_radix;
10257 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
10258
10259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
10260 {
10261 /* Format possible error msg */
10262 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
10263 b->number);
10264 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
10265 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
10266 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10267 }
10268 set_language (save_language);
10269 input_radix = save_input_radix;
10270
10271 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
10272
10273 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10274
10275 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
10276 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
10277 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
10278 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
10279 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
10280 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
10281 }
10282 \f
10283 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
10284
10285 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
10286 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
10287 void
10288 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
10289 {
10290 if (b->thread != -1)
10291 {
10292 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
10293 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
10294
10295 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
10296 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
10297 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
10298 as well. */
10299 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
10300 }
10301 }
10302
10303 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10304 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10305 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10306
10307 void
10308 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
10309 {
10310 struct breakpoint *b;
10311
10312 if (count < 0)
10313 count = 0;
10314
10315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10316 if (b->number == bptnum)
10317 {
10318 if (is_tracepoint (b))
10319 {
10320 if (from_tty && count != 0)
10321 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
10322 bptnum);
10323 return;
10324 }
10325
10326 b->ignore_count = count;
10327 if (from_tty)
10328 {
10329 if (count == 0)
10330 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
10331 bptnum);
10332 else if (count == 1)
10333 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
10334 bptnum);
10335 else
10336 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
10337 count, bptnum);
10338 }
10339 breakpoints_changed ();
10340 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
10341 return;
10342 }
10343
10344 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
10345 }
10346
10347 void
10348 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
10349 {
10350 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
10351 b->silent = 1;
10352 }
10353
10354 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
10355
10356 static void
10357 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10358 {
10359 char *p = args;
10360 int num;
10361
10362 if (p == 0)
10363 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
10364
10365 num = get_number (&p);
10366 if (num == 0)
10367 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
10368 if (*p == 0)
10369 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
10370
10371 set_ignore_count (num,
10372 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
10373 from_tty);
10374 if (from_tty)
10375 printf_filtered ("\n");
10376 }
10377 \f
10378 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
10379 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
10380
10381 static void
10382 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10383 void *),
10384 void *data)
10385 {
10386 char *p = args;
10387 char *p1;
10388 int num;
10389 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
10390 int match;
10391
10392 if (p == 0)
10393 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
10394
10395 while (*p)
10396 {
10397 match = 0;
10398 p1 = p;
10399
10400 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10401 if (num == 0)
10402 {
10403 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
10404 }
10405 else
10406 {
10407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
10408 if (b->number == num)
10409 {
10410 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
10411 match = 1;
10412 function (b, data);
10413 if (related_breakpoint)
10414 function (related_breakpoint, data);
10415 break;
10416 }
10417 if (match == 0)
10418 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
10419 }
10420 p = p1;
10421 }
10422 }
10423
10424 static struct bp_location *
10425 find_location_by_number (char *number)
10426 {
10427 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
10428 char *p1;
10429 int bp_num;
10430 int loc_num;
10431 struct breakpoint *b;
10432 struct bp_location *loc;
10433
10434 *dot = '\0';
10435
10436 p1 = number;
10437 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10438 if (bp_num == 0)
10439 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10440
10441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10442 if (b->number == bp_num)
10443 {
10444 break;
10445 }
10446
10447 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
10448 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10449
10450 p1 = dot+1;
10451 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10452 if (loc_num == 0)
10453 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
10454
10455 --loc_num;
10456 loc = b->loc;
10457 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
10458 ;
10459 if (!loc)
10460 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
10461
10462 return loc;
10463 }
10464
10465
10466 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10467 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10468 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10469
10470 void
10471 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10472 {
10473 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
10474 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
10475 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
10476 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10477 return;
10478
10479 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
10480 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
10481 return;
10482
10483 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
10484
10485 update_global_location_list (0);
10486
10487 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
10488 }
10489
10490 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10491 disable_breakpoint. */
10492
10493 static void
10494 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10495 {
10496 disable_breakpoint (b);
10497 }
10498
10499 static void
10500 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10501 {
10502 struct breakpoint *bpt;
10503
10504 if (args == 0)
10505 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
10506 switch (bpt->type)
10507 {
10508 case bp_none:
10509 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10510 bpt->number);
10511 continue;
10512 case bp_breakpoint:
10513 case bp_tracepoint:
10514 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10515 case bp_static_tracepoint:
10516 case bp_catchpoint:
10517 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10518 case bp_watchpoint:
10519 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10520 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10521 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10522 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
10523 default:
10524 continue;
10525 }
10526 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
10527 {
10528 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
10529 if (loc)
10530 loc->enabled = 0;
10531 update_global_location_list (0);
10532 }
10533 else
10534 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
10535 }
10536
10537 static void
10538 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
10539 {
10540 int target_resources_ok;
10541
10542 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
10543 {
10544 int i;
10545 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10546 target_resources_ok =
10547 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10548 i + 1, 0);
10549 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
10550 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
10551 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
10552 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10553 }
10554
10555 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
10556 {
10557 struct gdb_exception e;
10558
10559 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10560 {
10561 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
10562 }
10563 if (e.reason < 0)
10564 {
10565 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
10566 bpt->number);
10567 return;
10568 }
10569 }
10570
10571 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10572 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10573 bpt->disposition = disposition;
10574 update_global_location_list (1);
10575 breakpoints_changed ();
10576
10577 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
10578 }
10579
10580
10581 void
10582 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10583 {
10584 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
10585 }
10586
10587 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10588 enable_breakpoint. */
10589
10590 static void
10591 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10592 {
10593 enable_breakpoint (b);
10594 }
10595
10596 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
10597 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
10598 in stopping the inferior. */
10599
10600 static void
10601 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10602 {
10603 struct breakpoint *bpt;
10604
10605 if (args == 0)
10606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
10607 switch (bpt->type)
10608 {
10609 case bp_none:
10610 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10611 bpt->number);
10612 continue;
10613 case bp_breakpoint:
10614 case bp_tracepoint:
10615 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10616 case bp_static_tracepoint:
10617 case bp_catchpoint:
10618 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10619 case bp_watchpoint:
10620 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10621 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10622 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10623 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
10624 default:
10625 continue;
10626 }
10627 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
10628 {
10629 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
10630 if (loc)
10631 loc->enabled = 1;
10632 update_global_location_list (1);
10633 }
10634 else
10635 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
10636 }
10637
10638 static void
10639 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
10640 {
10641 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
10642 }
10643
10644 static void
10645 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10646 {
10647 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
10648 }
10649
10650 static void
10651 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
10652 {
10653 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
10654 }
10655
10656 static void
10657 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10658 {
10659 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10660 }
10661 \f
10662 static void
10663 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
10664 {
10665 }
10666
10667 static void
10668 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
10669 {
10670 }
10671
10672 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
10673 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
10674 GDB itself. */
10675
10676 static void
10677 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
10678 const bfd_byte *data)
10679 {
10680 struct breakpoint *bp;
10681
10682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
10683 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
10684 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
10685 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
10686 {
10687 struct bp_location *loc;
10688
10689 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
10690 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
10691 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
10692 && addr + len > loc->address)
10693 {
10694 value_free (bp->val);
10695 bp->val = NULL;
10696 bp->val_valid = 0;
10697 }
10698 }
10699 }
10700
10701 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
10702
10703 struct symtabs_and_lines
10704 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
10705 {
10706 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10707
10708 if (string == 0)
10709 error (_("Empty line specification."));
10710 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
10711 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
10712 default_breakpoint_symtab,
10713 default_breakpoint_line,
10714 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
10715 else
10716 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
10717 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
10718 if (*string)
10719 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
10720 return sals;
10721 }
10722
10723 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
10724 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
10725 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
10726 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
10727 someday. */
10728
10729 void *
10730 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10731 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
10732 {
10733 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
10734
10735 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
10736
10737 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
10738 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
10739
10740 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
10741 {
10742 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
10743 xfree (bp_tgt);
10744 return NULL;
10745 }
10746
10747 return bp_tgt;
10748 }
10749
10750 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
10751
10752 int
10753 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
10754 {
10755 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
10756 int ret;
10757
10758 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
10759 xfree (bp_tgt);
10760
10761 return ret;
10762 }
10763
10764 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
10765
10766 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
10767 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
10768
10769 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
10770
10771 void
10772 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10773 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR next_pc)
10774 {
10775 void **bpt_p;
10776
10777 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
10778 {
10779 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
10780 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
10781 }
10782 else
10783 {
10784 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
10785 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
10786 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
10787 }
10788
10789 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
10790 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
10791 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
10792 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
10793 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
10794 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
10795
10796 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
10797 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
10798 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
10799 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
10800 }
10801
10802 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
10803 were inserted or not. */
10804
10805 int
10806 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
10807 {
10808 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
10809 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
10810 }
10811
10812 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
10813
10814 void
10815 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10816 {
10817 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
10818
10819 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
10820 call. */
10821 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
10822 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
10823 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
10824 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
10825
10826 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
10827 {
10828 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
10829 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
10830 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
10831 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
10832 }
10833 }
10834
10835 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
10836 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
10837 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
10838 exec. */
10839
10840 void
10841 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10842 {
10843 int i;
10844
10845 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10846 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
10847 {
10848 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
10849 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
10850 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
10851 }
10852 }
10853
10854 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
10855 removing them. */
10856
10857 static void
10858 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10859 {
10860 int i;
10861
10862 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10863 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
10864 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
10865 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
10866 }
10867
10868 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
10869
10870 static int
10871 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
10872 CORE_ADDR pc)
10873 {
10874 int i;
10875
10876 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10877 {
10878 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
10879 if (bp_tgt
10880 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
10881 bp_tgt->placed_address,
10882 aspace, pc))
10883 return 1;
10884 }
10885
10886 return 0;
10887 }
10888
10889 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
10890 non-zero otherwise. */
10891 static int
10892 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
10893 {
10894 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
10895 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
10896 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
10897 return 1;
10898 else
10899 return 0;
10900 }
10901
10902 int
10903 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
10904 {
10905 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
10906
10907 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
10908 }
10909
10910 int
10911 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
10912 {
10913 struct breakpoint *bp;
10914
10915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
10916 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
10917 {
10918 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
10919 {
10920 int i, iter;
10921 for (i = 0;
10922 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
10923 i++)
10924 if (syscall_number == iter)
10925 return 1;
10926 }
10927 else
10928 return 1;
10929 }
10930
10931 return 0;
10932 }
10933
10934 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
10935 static char **
10936 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
10937 char *text, char *word)
10938 {
10939 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
10940
10941 return (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
10942 }
10943
10944 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
10945
10946 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
10947 static void
10948 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
10949 {
10950 tracepoint_count = num;
10951 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
10952 }
10953
10954 void
10955 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10956 {
10957 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10958 arg,
10959 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10960 0 /* tempflag */,
10961 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
10962 0 /* Ignore count */,
10963 pending_break_support,
10964 NULL,
10965 from_tty,
10966 1 /* enabled */))
10967 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
10968 }
10969
10970 void
10971 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10972 {
10973 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10974 arg,
10975 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10976 0 /* tempflag */,
10977 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
10978 0 /* Ignore count */,
10979 pending_break_support,
10980 NULL,
10981 from_tty,
10982 1 /* enabled */))
10983 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
10984 }
10985
10986 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
10987
10988 void
10989 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10990 {
10991 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10992 arg,
10993 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10994 0 /* tempflag */,
10995 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
10996 0 /* Ignore count */,
10997 pending_break_support,
10998 NULL,
10999 from_tty,
11000 1 /* enabled */))
11001 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11002 }
11003
11004 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
11005 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
11006
11007 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
11008 static int next_cmd;
11009
11010 static char *
11011 read_uploaded_action (void)
11012 {
11013 char *rslt;
11014
11015 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
11016
11017 next_cmd++;
11018
11019 return rslt;
11020 }
11021
11022 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
11023 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
11024 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
11025 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
11026 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
11027
11028 struct breakpoint *
11029 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
11030 {
11031 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
11032 struct breakpoint *tp;
11033
11034 if (utp->at_string)
11035 addr_str = utp->at_string;
11036 else
11037 {
11038 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
11039 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
11040 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
11041 user. */
11042 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"),
11043 utp->number);
11044 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
11045 addr_str = small_buf;
11046 }
11047
11048 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
11049 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
11050 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"),
11051 utp->number);
11052
11053 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11054 addr_str,
11055 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
11056 0 /* tempflag */,
11057 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
11058 0 /* Ignore count */,
11059 pending_break_support,
11060 NULL,
11061 0 /* from_tty */,
11062 utp->enabled /* enabled */))
11063 return NULL;
11064
11065 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11066
11067 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
11068 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
11069 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
11070
11071 if (utp->pass > 0)
11072 {
11073 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
11074
11075 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
11076 }
11077
11078 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
11079 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
11080 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
11081 function. */
11082 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
11083 {
11084 struct command_line *cmd_list;
11085
11086 this_utp = utp;
11087 next_cmd = 0;
11088
11089 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
11090
11091 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
11092 }
11093 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
11094 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
11095 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"),
11096 utp->number);
11097
11098 return tp;
11099 }
11100
11101 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
11102 omitted. */
11103
11104 static void
11105 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
11106 {
11107 int tpnum = -1, num_printed;
11108
11109 if (tpnum_exp)
11110 tpnum = parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp);
11111
11112 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (tpnum, 0, is_tracepoint);
11113
11114 if (num_printed == 0)
11115 {
11116 if (tpnum == -1)
11117 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
11118 else
11119 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
11120 }
11121
11122 default_collect_info ();
11123 }
11124
11125 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
11126 Not supported by all targets. */
11127 static void
11128 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11129 {
11130 enable_command (args, from_tty);
11131 }
11132
11133 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
11134 Not supported by all targets. */
11135 static void
11136 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11137 {
11138 disable_command (args, from_tty);
11139 }
11140
11141 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
11142 static void
11143 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11144 {
11145 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
11146
11147 dont_repeat ();
11148
11149 if (arg == 0)
11150 {
11151 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11152
11153 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
11154 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
11155 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11156 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11157 {
11158 if (b->number >= 0)
11159 {
11160 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11161 break;
11162 }
11163 }
11164
11165 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11166 if (!from_tty
11167 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
11168 {
11169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
11170 {
11171 if (is_tracepoint (b)
11172 && b->number >= 0)
11173 delete_breakpoint (b);
11174 }
11175 }
11176 }
11177 else
11178 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11179 }
11180
11181 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
11182
11183 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
11184 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
11185 Also accepts special argument "all". */
11186
11187 static void
11188 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11189 {
11190 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
11191 unsigned int count;
11192 int all = 0;
11193
11194 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
11195 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
11196
11197 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
11198
11199 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
11200 args++;
11201
11202 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
11203 {
11204 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
11205 all = 1;
11206 if (*args)
11207 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11208 }
11209 else
11210 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
11211
11212 do
11213 {
11214 if (t1)
11215 {
11216 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
11217 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
11218 {
11219 t2->pass_count = count;
11220 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
11221 if (from_tty)
11222 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
11223 t2->number, count);
11224 }
11225 if (! all && *args)
11226 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
11227 }
11228 }
11229 while (*args);
11230 }
11231
11232 struct breakpoint *
11233 get_tracepoint (int num)
11234 {
11235 struct breakpoint *t;
11236
11237 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11238 if (t->number == num)
11239 return t;
11240
11241 return NULL;
11242 }
11243
11244 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
11245 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
11246 reconnecting). */
11247
11248 struct breakpoint *
11249 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
11250 {
11251 struct breakpoint *t;
11252
11253 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11254 if (t->number_on_target == num)
11255 return t;
11256
11257 return NULL;
11258 }
11259
11260 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
11261 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
11262 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
11263 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
11264 struct breakpoint *
11265 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
11266 {
11267 extern int tracepoint_count;
11268 struct breakpoint *t;
11269 int tpnum;
11270 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
11271
11272 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
11273 {
11274 if (optional_p)
11275 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
11276 else
11277 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
11278 }
11279 else
11280 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
11281
11282 if (tpnum <= 0)
11283 {
11284 if (instring && *instring)
11285 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
11286 instring);
11287 else
11288 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
11289 return NULL;
11290 }
11291
11292 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11293 if (t->number == tpnum)
11294 {
11295 return t;
11296 }
11297
11298 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
11299 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
11300 allow us to discover this. */
11301 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
11302 return NULL;
11303 }
11304
11305 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
11306 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
11307 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
11308 non-zero. */
11309
11310 static void
11311 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
11312 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
11313 {
11314 struct breakpoint *tp;
11315 int any = 0;
11316 char *pathname;
11317 struct cleanup *cleanup;
11318 struct ui_file *fp;
11319 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
11320
11321 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
11322 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
11323
11324 /* See if we have anything to save. */
11325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
11326 {
11327 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11328 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp))
11329 continue;
11330
11331 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11332 if (filter && !filter (tp))
11333 continue;
11334
11335 any = 1;
11336
11337 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
11338 {
11339 extra_trace_bits = 1;
11340
11341 /* We can stop searching. */
11342 break;
11343 }
11344 }
11345
11346 if (!any)
11347 {
11348 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
11349 return;
11350 }
11351
11352 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
11353 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
11354 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
11355 if (!fp)
11356 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
11357 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
11358 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
11359
11360 if (extra_trace_bits)
11361 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
11362
11363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
11364 {
11365 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11366 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp))
11367 continue;
11368
11369 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11370 if (filter && !filter (tp))
11371 continue;
11372
11373 if (tp->ops != NULL)
11374 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
11375 else
11376 {
11377 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11379 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11380 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11381 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
11382 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11383 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11385 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11386 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11387 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11388 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11389 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11390 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11391 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11392 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
11393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11394 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11396 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11398 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11400 else
11401 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11402 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11403
11404 if (tp->exp_string)
11405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
11406 else if (tp->addr_string)
11407 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11408 else
11409 {
11410 char tmp[40];
11411
11412 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
11413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
11414 }
11415 }
11416
11417 if (tp->thread != -1)
11418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
11419
11420 if (tp->task != 0)
11421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
11422
11423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
11424
11425 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
11426 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
11427 instead. */
11428
11429 if (tp->cond_string)
11430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
11431
11432 if (tp->ignore_count)
11433 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
11434
11435 if (tp->pass_count)
11436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11437
11438 if (tp->commands)
11439 {
11440 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
11441
11442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
11443
11444 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
11445 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11446 {
11447 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
11448 }
11449 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
11450
11451 if (ex.reason < 0)
11452 throw_exception (ex);
11453
11454 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
11455 }
11456
11457 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
11458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
11459
11460 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
11461 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
11462 special, and not user visible. */
11463 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
11464 {
11465 struct bp_location *loc;
11466 int n = 1;
11467
11468 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
11469 if (!loc->enabled)
11470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
11471 }
11472 }
11473
11474 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
11475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
11476
11477 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11478 if (from_tty)
11479 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
11480 }
11481
11482 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
11483
11484 static void
11485 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11486 {
11487 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
11488 }
11489
11490 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
11491
11492 static void
11493 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11494 {
11495 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
11496 }
11497
11498 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
11499
11500 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
11501 all_tracepoints ()
11502 {
11503 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
11504 struct breakpoint *tp;
11505
11506 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
11507 {
11508 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
11509 }
11510
11511 return tp_vec;
11512 }
11513
11514 \f
11515 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
11516 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
11517 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
11518 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
11519 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
11520 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11521 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
11522 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
11523 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
11524 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
11525 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
11526 \n\
11527 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
11528 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
11529 \n\
11530 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
11531 conditions are different.\n\
11532 \n\
11533 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
11534
11535 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
11536 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
11537
11538 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
11539 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
11540
11541 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
11542 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
11543 static void
11544 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
11545 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
11546 struct cmd_list_element *command),
11547 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
11548 char *text, char *word),
11549 void *user_data_catch,
11550 void *user_data_tcatch)
11551 {
11552 struct cmd_list_element *command;
11553
11554 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
11555 &catch_cmdlist);
11556 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
11557 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
11558 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
11559
11560 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
11561 &tcatch_cmdlist);
11562 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
11563 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
11564 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
11565 }
11566
11567 static void
11568 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
11569 {
11570 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
11571 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
11572 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
11573 }
11574
11575 static void
11576 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11577 {
11578 printf_unfiltered (_("\
11579 \"save\" must be followed by the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
11580 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
11581 }
11582
11583 void
11584 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
11585 {
11586 struct cmd_list_element *c;
11587
11588 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
11589 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
11590 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
11591
11592 breakpoint_chain = 0;
11593 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
11594 before a breakpoint is set. */
11595 breakpoint_count = 0;
11596
11597 tracepoint_count = 0;
11598
11599 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
11600 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
11601 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
11602 if (xdb_commands)
11603 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
11604
11605 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
11606 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
11607 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
11608 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
11609 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
11610 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
11611 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
11612 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
11613
11614 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
11615 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
11616 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
11617 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
11618
11619 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
11620 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
11621 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
11622 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
11623 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
11624 \n"
11625 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
11626 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11627
11628 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
11629 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
11630 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
11631 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
11632 \n"
11633 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
11634 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11635
11636 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
11637 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
11638 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
11639 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
11640 \n"
11641 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
11642 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11643
11644 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11645 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11646 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11647 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
11648 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11649 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
11650 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
11651 if (xdb_commands)
11652 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11653 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11654 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11655 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
11656 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11657 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
11658
11659 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11660
11661 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11662 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11663 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11664 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11665 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
11666 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
11667
11668 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
11669 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11670 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
11671 &enablebreaklist);
11672
11673 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
11674 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11675 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
11676 &enablebreaklist);
11677
11678 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
11679 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11680 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
11681 &enablelist);
11682
11683 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
11684 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11685 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
11686 &enablelist);
11687
11688 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
11689 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11690 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11691 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11692 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
11693 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
11694 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11695 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11696 if (xdb_commands)
11697 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
11698 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11699 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11700 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11701 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
11702
11703 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
11704 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11705 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11706 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11707 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
11708 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
11709 &disablelist);
11710
11711 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
11712 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
11713 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11714 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11715 \n\
11716 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
11717 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
11718 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
11719 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
11720 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
11721 if (xdb_commands)
11722 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
11723 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
11724 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11725 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
11726
11727 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
11728 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
11729 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11730 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11731 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
11732 &deletelist);
11733
11734 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
11735 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
11736 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11737 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
11738 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
11739 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
11740 \n\
11741 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
11742 is executing in.\n\
11743 \n\
11744 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
11745 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
11746
11747 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
11748 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
11749 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
11750 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11751
11752 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
11753 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
11754 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
11755 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
11756
11757 if (xdb_commands)
11758 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
11759
11760 if (dbx_commands)
11761 {
11762 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
11763 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
11764 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
11765 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
11766 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
11767 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
11768 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
11769 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
11770 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11771 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11772 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11773 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11774 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11775 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11776 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11777 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11778 \n\
11779 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11780 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11781 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11782 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11783 breakpoint set."));
11784 }
11785
11786 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
11787 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11788 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11789 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11790 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11791 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11792 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11793 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11794 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11795 \n\
11796 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11797 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11798 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11799 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11800 breakpoint set."));
11801
11802 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
11803
11804 if (xdb_commands)
11805 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
11806 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11807 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11808 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11809 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11810 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11811 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11812 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11813 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11814 \n\
11815 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11816 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11817 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11818 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11819 breakpoint set."));
11820
11821 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
11822 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11823 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11824 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11825 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11826 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
11827 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
11828 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
11829 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
11830 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11831 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11832 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11833 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11834 \n\
11835 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11836 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11837 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11838 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11839 breakpoint set."),
11840 &maintenanceinfolist);
11841
11842 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
11843 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
11844 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
11845 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
11846
11847 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
11848 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
11849 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
11850 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
11851
11852 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
11853 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
11854 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
11855 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11856 catch_catch_command,
11857 NULL,
11858 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11859 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11860 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
11861 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
11862 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11863 catch_throw_command,
11864 NULL,
11865 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11866 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11867 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
11868 catch_fork_command_1,
11869 NULL,
11870 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
11871 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
11872 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
11873 catch_fork_command_1,
11874 NULL,
11875 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
11876 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
11877 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
11878 catch_exec_command_1,
11879 NULL,
11880 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11881 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11882 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
11883 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
11884 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
11885 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
11886 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
11887 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
11888 catch_syscall_command_1,
11889 catch_syscall_completer,
11890 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11891 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11892 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
11893 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
11894 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11895 catch_ada_exception_command,
11896 NULL,
11897 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11898 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11899 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
11900 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
11901 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11902 catch_assert_command,
11903 NULL,
11904 CATCH_PERMANENT,
11905 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
11906
11907 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
11908 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11909 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
11910 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11911 an expression changes.\n\
11912 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
11913 the memory to which it refers."));
11914 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11915
11916 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
11917 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11918 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
11919 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11920 an expression is read.\n\
11921 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
11922 the memory to which it refers."));
11923 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11924
11925 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
11926 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11927 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
11928 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11929 an expression is either read or written.\n\
11930 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
11931 the memory to which it refers."));
11932 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11933
11934 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
11935 Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER."));
11936
11937
11938
11939 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
11940 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
11941 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
11942 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
11943 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11944 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11945 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
11946 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
11947 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
11948 hardware.)"),
11949 NULL,
11950 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
11951 &setlist, &showlist);
11952
11953 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
11954
11955 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
11956
11957 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
11958 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11959 \n"
11960 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
11961 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11962 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11963
11964 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
11965 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11966 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11967 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11968
11969 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
11970 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11971 \n"
11972 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
11973 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11974 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11975
11976 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
11977 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
11978 \n\
11979 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
11980 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
11981 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
11982 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
11983 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
11984 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
11985 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
11986 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
11987 the selected stack frame.\n\
11988 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
11989 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
11990 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
11991 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
11992 \n\
11993 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
11994 \n\
11995 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
11996 conditions are different.\n\
11997 \n\
11998 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
11999 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12000 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12001
12002 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
12003 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
12004 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
12005 last tracepoint set."));
12006
12007 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
12008
12009 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
12010 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
12011 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12012 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
12013 &deletelist);
12014
12015 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
12016 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
12017 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12018 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
12019 &disablelist);
12020 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
12021
12022 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
12023 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
12024 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12025 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
12026 &enablelist);
12027 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
12028
12029 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
12030 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
12031 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
12032 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
12033 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
12034
12035 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
12036 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
12037 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
12038 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
12039
12040 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
12041 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
12042 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
12043 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
12044 session to restore them."),
12045 &save_cmdlist);
12046 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
12047
12048 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
12049 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
12050 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
12051 &save_cmdlist);
12052 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
12053
12054 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
12055 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
12056
12057 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
12058 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12059 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12060 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12061 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
12062 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
12063 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
12064 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12065 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12066 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12067 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
12068 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
12069
12070 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
12071 &pending_break_support, _("\
12072 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12073 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12074 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
12075 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
12076 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
12077 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
12078 NULL,
12079 show_pending_break_support,
12080 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12081 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12082
12083 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
12084
12085 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
12086 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
12087 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12088 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12089 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
12090 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
12091 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
12092 NULL,
12093 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
12094 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12095 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12096
12097 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
12098 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
12099 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12100 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12101 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
12102 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
12103 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
12104 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
12105 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
12106 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
12107 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
12108 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
12109 NULL,
12110 &show_always_inserted_mode,
12111 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12112 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12113
12114 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
12115
12116 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
12117 }
This page took 0.436458 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.